{"title":"Garden Living","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eShop Black Friday deals on garden sheds, greenhouses, raised beds, and outdoor essentials. Save on everything you need to create your ideal garden space!\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","products":[{"product_id":"mechanical-water-timer","title":"Mechanical Water Timer","description":"\u003cp\u003eUse this handy mechanical timer to set a scheduled watering time for up to 120 minutes. It shuts off the water automatically.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-read-link=\"\"\u003e\u003ca class=\"read-more-link\" data-scroll=\"#full-description\"\u003eRead more\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSimply set desired watering time and this handy mechanical timer shuts off water for you! Allows you to turn on your hose or sprinkler, leave the house and get on with your day without having to remember to turn the hose off.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFeatures \u0026amp; Benefits:\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWaters up to 120 minutes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTurns water off automatically\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFor easy, worry-free watering\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFits between faucet and garden hose\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMechanical timer, no batteries required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUseful tool for areas with watering restrictions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLifetime guarantee\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eHow To Use:\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAttach water timer to faucet, and connect and tighten garden hose to water timer. Turn dial to set desired watering time up to two hours.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Dramm","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":44551953842221,"sku":"15044","price":16.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0670\/4542\/5197\/files\/mechanical-water-timer15044-3847566.jpg?v=1782489218"},{"product_id":"tree-ring-soaker-hose","title":"Tree Ring Soaker Hose","description":"\u003cp\u003eTree Ring Soaker Hoses water newly planted trees and shrubs easily and efficiently.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-read-link=\"\"\u003e\u003ca class=\"read-more-link\" data-scroll=\"#full-description\"\u003eRead more\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTree Ring Soaker Hose provides an efficient, low-maintenance way to water your newly planted trees and shrubs. Gentle weeping action allows for even water distribution, delivering water directly to the roots. Using a tree watering soaker hose to ensure young saplings receive deep, consistent moisture during the dry summer months.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFeatures \u0026amp; Benefits:\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5 or 10 foot long tree soaker ring (5\/8 inch diameter)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDirects water to the root ball\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEliminates \"geyser\" effect\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEvenly waters throughout hose length\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWill help you reduce your water use by up to 90%\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeavy duty brass fittings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLifetime guarantee\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMade in the USA from recycled material\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow To Use:\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSoaker hoses for trees may be used above or below ground. If using above ground, circle the hose around your tree and cover hose with mulch to reduce evaporation. For below-ground irrigation, bury the hose 2 to 6 inches deep. This soaker ring has a female couplings on each end, and one y-connector to attach to garden hose.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Dramm","offers":[{"title":"5 Feet","offer_id":44551967735853,"sku":"17061","price":12.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"10 Feet","offer_id":66885145690157,"sku":"17062","price":15.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0670\/4542\/5197\/files\/tree-ring-soaker-hose17061-1994305.jpg?v=1782489220"},{"product_id":"deer-proof-cedar-complete-raised-garden-bed-kit-8-x-8-x-20","title":"Deer Proof Raised Garden Bed Kit - 8' x 8' x 20\" Cedar with Fence","description":"\u003cp\u003eDeer eat everything you plant. This deer proof raised garden bed kit stops them. A 5'7\" cedar and mesh fence surrounds the raised beds, with a gate wide enough to walk through with a wheelbarrow, so you can grow tomatoes, beans and lettuce in a yard deer walk through every night.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca class=\"read-more-link\"\u003eRead more\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis deer and pest proof 8' x 8' x 20\" garden kit offers 45 square feet of gardening space in beds 20 inches deep - high enough that you are not kneeling and deep enough for carrots and potatoes. The fence doubles as a trellis for peas and beans.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe whole structure sits directly on the ground. No digging, no foundation. Pick a level, sunny spot, and you are gardening.\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf you are looking to jump into gardening quickly, and do not want to deal with the chore of pest proofing and the challenge of irrigating your garden beds, this kit is perfect. The included 5' 7\" high fence stops deer and other pests from jumping into your garden, while doubling as a trellis for tomatoes, peas, beans, cucumber and other climbing plants.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFeatures \u0026amp; Benefits:\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDeer Proof – \u003c\/strong\u003e5 foot 7 inch high fence doubles as a trellis, while preventing deer from jumping into the garden.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRaised Garden Beds – \u003c\/strong\u003e20” tall raised beds mean you don’t have to bend down as far, and the soil will retain more moisture than shorter beds. Soil fills right to the bottom. Perfect for growing all sorts of vegetables, herbs, fruit and flowers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGate – \u003c\/strong\u003e Easy access for planting and weeding through the included door.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSolid Cedar Construction – \u003c\/strong\u003eDurable 1-1\/8\" untreated cedar lumber, naturally rot resistant.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardware Included – \u003c\/strong\u003eRust proof screws, brackets, and hinges.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOptional Automatic Watering System\u003c\/strong\u003e – and timer waters your garden for you.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\n\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003eWhat You Get in the Box:\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCedar raised beds, 20\" deep, arranged in an 8' x 8' square\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePre-assembled fence panels, 33.5\" high, backed with black mesh\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUpper mesh panels, 13.5\" high, bringing total fence height to 5'7\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA hinged gate with a 30 5\/8\" opening, fits a garden cart or wheelbarrow\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll rust proof screws, brackets and hinges\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAssembly instructions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShips in 5 boxes, total weight 310 lbs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eAssembly:\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou can assemble this deer proof raised garden bed kit yourself, or have a local handyperson follow the instructions and set it up for you. Assembly can take 4-5 hours, and adding the soil (75 cubic feet) can take an additional few hours. Note that no digging is required as the entire structure sits directly on the ground. Select a sunny and level piece of land for your garden.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAll of our fencing sections are approximately 33.5 inches high and backed with black mesh. When the fencing is delivered, the mesh is already affixed. So, it takes only minutes to attach the fencing sections to the garden beds. At 67 inches in total height, the fence will keep out deer, rabbits and dogs. Up close, it looks attractive, but from a distance you can't even see it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"gmail_default\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"text-decoration: underline;\"\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOptional Automatic Watering System:\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLocated at the back corner of the raised cedar garden bed with deer fence, this automatic soaker hose watering system takes even the simplest of duties out of your hands. We use a digital battery operated controller that is very easy to use. A garden hose can be connected to the unit, or the hose adaptor can be removed so the irrigation unit can be tied into your existing irrigation system with piping. When the controller turns on, water seeps out through the 75 ft. soaker hose. Includes:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDigital Battery Operated Controller - automatically waters your garden.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSoaker Hose - lay hose around your plants, cover with a layer of mulch, and water seeps out when the controller turns on.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCoiled Hose - conveniently mounted in the walkway of the fenced garden.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSprayer - attaches to end of the coiled hose. You can manually spray your plants if you choose to, or use the hose to wash your hands.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003ePlease note this irrigation system works best if your water pressure (psi) is between 10 and 80. If the psi is greater than 80, the programmable timer in our system could be damaged. We recommend purchasing a water pressure regulator that will take your water pressure down to 40 psi.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eShipping:\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFree shipping. This kit ships in 5 boxes, weighs 310 lbs and normally leaves our warehouse within 3-5 business days - have a second pair of hands ready to move the boxes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"gmail_default\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"gmail_default\"\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cspan style=\"text-decoration: underline;\"\u003ePlease note, this item is made to order and is not eligible to be returned or canceled once it has shipped. If you are unsure about the size, the fence height or your site, contact us before you order.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"gmail_default\"\u003e\n\u003cem\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2 class=\"gmail_default\"\u003e\n\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003eOther Sizes of This Kit:\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003eThis kit gives 45 square feet of planting space, enough for a family of four, at $1,529. The same 5'7\" fence and 20 inch beds come in three other footprints: \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/eartheasy.com\/products\/deer-proof-cedar-complete-raised-garden-bed-kit-8-x-12\"\u003e8' x 12'\u003c\/a\u003e , \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/eartheasy.com\/products\/deer-proof-cedar-complete-raised-garden-bed-kit-12-x-8\"\u003e12' x 8'\u003c\/a\u003e and the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/eartheasy.com\/products\/deer-proof-cedar-complete-raised-garden-bed-kit-8-x-16\"\u003e8' x 16'\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Outdoor Living Today","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":44552037662765,"sku":"KIT-RB88-DFO","price":2509.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0670\/4542\/5197\/files\/deer-proof-cedar-complete-raised-garden-bed-kit-8-x-8-x-20kit-rb88-dfo-5697930.jpg?v=1782488817"},{"product_id":"gardeners-seed-saving-kit","title":"Gardener's Seed Saving Kit","description":"\u003cp\u003eThis seed saving kit makes it easy to collect, store and trade seeds from your garden. Experience the joy of preserving seeds from your favorite plants for the next season and next generations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-read-link=\"\"\u003e\u003ca class=\"read-more-link\" data-scroll=\"#full-description\"\u003eRead more\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKit Includes:\u003c\/strong\u003e Recycled steel case, glassine envelopes with labels to personalize and trade, seed tins, date and variety labels, harvest and processing chart, seed saving instructions, stakes, and pencil.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow to Use:\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSeeds should be collected from mature plants with completely ripened fruit, and make sure to choose disease-free plants. It is important to allow seeds to dry before placing in containers. Store collected seeds in airtight glass tins to extend the shelf life and keep them organized. After placing seeds in tin, you can label them with the name of variety and date harvested.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Potting Shed Creations","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":44552043429933,"sku":"GMSEED","price":26.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0670\/4542\/5197\/files\/gardeners-seed-saving-kitgmseed-7873256.webp?v=1782489631"},{"product_id":"4-x-2-cedar-potting-bench","title":"4' x 2' Cedar Potting Bench","description":"\u003cp\u003eMade from durable, rot-resistant Western Red cedar, this 4' x 2' Potting Bench is an ideal place for you to organize and store garden necessities from potting soil to tools.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca class=\"read-more-link\"\u003eRead more\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePotting is a breeze when everything is right at hand! Made from solid cedar, this Potting Bench is perfect for repotting, transplanting and filling seed flats and pots. It offers plenty of counter space, a handy wooden sink, and sturdy shelving. Use the bottom shelf to hold bags of potting soil, fertilizer, soil amendments, spare pots and more. Keep plants, seeds and tools on the top shelf, so they are easily within reach when potting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne of the best features of this potting bench is the sink with hinged lid. When the lid is down you can use the entire surface as a table top. Lift up the lid and you have a sink for mixing potting soil and soil amendments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFeatures \u0026amp; Benefits:\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSturdy and easy to assemble potting table\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDurable, rot-resistant Western red cedar construction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWooden sink with hinged lid\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIncludes all necessary hardware\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMade in Canada\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eAssembly:\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBasic assembly is required and takes two hours. All hardware is included. Holes are pre-drilled. It comes with illustrated step-by-step instructions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis cedar potting bench is sanded smooth and naturally weathers to a light grey color. If you prefer it can easily be stained or painted. Unlike pressure treated lumber, there are no toxic chemical preservatives used in its manufacturing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"gmail_default\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"text-decoration: underline;\"\u003e\u003cem\u003ePlease note, this item is made to order and is not eligible to be returned or canceled once it has shipped. If you have any questions, please reach out before your purchase.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Outdoor Living Today","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":44552056799277,"sku":"PB42","price":679.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0670\/4542\/5197\/files\/Potting_Bench_4x2_Western_Red_Cedar_Raised_Garden_Bed_Kit_Outdoor_Living_Today_28.jpg?v=1790610527"},{"product_id":"cedar-complete-raised-garden-bed-kit-8-x-8","title":"Cedar Complete Raised Garden Bed Kit - 8' x 8' x 20\"","description":"\u003cp\u003eAn 8x8 cedar raised garden bed kit that goes together in an afternoon. Built from solid Western Red Cedar, it gives you 45 square feet of planting space inside a 33-inch fence with a walk-through gate, so you can garden without kneeling and without sharing the harvest with garden pests.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe beds are 20 inches deep, enough for carrots, potatoes and tomatoes as well as salad and herbs. The whole structure sits directly on the ground, so there is no digging and no foundation to pour. Pick a level, sunny spot, and you are gardening the same weekend.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca class=\"read-more-link\"\u003eRead more\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf you want to grow your own organic vegetables and you're looking for a low-maintenance garden, this complete system may be perfect for you. Measuring 8 feet by 8 feet, this self-contained garden provides 45 square feet of planting space, and is perfect for a family of four.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFeatures \u0026amp; Benefits:\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRaised Garden Bed – \u003c\/strong\u003eEasily accessible raised beds are 20 inches tall. Soil fills right to the bottom. Great for growing all sorts of vegetables, herbs, fruit and flowers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFencing – \u003c\/strong\u003e33\" high fence panels backed with wire mesh screen, doubles as a trellis.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGate – \u003c\/strong\u003eKeeps pests from getting into your garden and eating your plants.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSolid Cedar Construction – \u003c\/strong\u003eDurable 1-1\/8\" untreated cedar lumber, naturally rot resistant.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardware Included – \u003c\/strong\u003eRust proof screws, brackets, and hinges.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhich Size Is Right for You\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e8' x 8' (this kit) \u003c\/strong\u003e- 45 square feet of planting space, enough for a family of four.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNeed more room?\u003c\/strong\u003e The same design comes longer as the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/eartheasy.com\/products\/cedar-complete-raised-garden-bed-kit-8-x-12\" title=\"8 x 12\"\u003e8' x 12'\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/eartheasy.com\/products\/cedar-complete-raised-garden-bed-kit-8-x-16\" title=\"8 x 16\"\u003e8' x 16\u003c\/a\u003e' - enough to preserve or share\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDeer country?\u003c\/strong\u003e The 33-inch fence keeps out most garden pests, but not deer. Choose the Deer Proof version instead - its fence is 5'7\".\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLonger season? \u003c\/strong\u003eThe same 8x8 kit is available with a greenhouse cover or a bird netting cover.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eAssembly:\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou can assemble this garden kit yourself, or have a local handyperson follow the instructions and set it up for you. Assembly takes about 4 hours, and adding the soil (75 cubic feet) can take an additional few hours. Note that no digging is required as the entire structure sits directly on the ground. Select a sunny and level piece of land for your garden.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAll of our fencing sections are backed with 3\/4\" wire mesh. When the fencing is delivered, the mesh is already affixed. So, it takes only minutes to attach the fencing sections to the garden beds. Up close, it looks attractive, but from a distance you can't even see it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"gmail_default\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cem\u003eDue to its large size, this item is not eligible to be returned or canceled once it has shipped. If you have any questions, please reach out before your purchase.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"gmail_default\"\u003e\n\u003cspan\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOptional Automatic Watering System:\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLocated at the back corner of the garden, this automatic soaker hose watering system takes even the simplest of duties out of your hands. We use a digital battery operated controller that is very easy to use. A garden hose can be connected to the unit, or the hose adaptor can be removed so the irrigation unit can be tied into your existing irrigation system with piping. When the controller turns on, water seeps out through the 75 ft. soaker hose. Includes:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDigital Battery Operated Controller - automatically waters your garden.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSoaker Hose - lay hose around your plants, cover with a layer of mulch, and water seeps out when the controller turns on.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCoiled Hose - conveniently mounted in the walkway of the fenced garden.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSprayer - attaches to end of the coiled hose. You can manually spray your plants if you choose to, or use the hose to wash your hands.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eThis irrigation system works best if your water pressure (psi) is between 10 and 80. If the psi is greater than 80, the programmable timer in our system could be damaged. We recommend purchasing a water pressure regulator that will take your water pressure down to 40 psi.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOptional Lattice:\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAdd an 8' long lattice panel to your 8' x 8' Cedar Complete Raised Garden Bed Kit to expand your growing space for climbing plants, such as beans, peas, cucumbers and more.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe lattice can be attached to the rear of the garden bed or attached to either side, as shown in the diagrams at the top of the page.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e8' long lattice panel made from solid cedar 1×2 frame construction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePanelized sections are shipped in 4ft wide by 4ft high panels\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe 8 ft. lattice includes two panels\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHardware and assembly instructions included\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cspan style=\"text-decoration: underline;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlease Note:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e If you are looking for additional lattice panels to frame two sides (L-shape) or three sides of the garden (U-shape), please contact \u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/eartheasy.com\/pages\/connect\"\u003eCustomer Support\u003c\/a\u003e \u003c\/strong\u003eto place your order over the phone. \u003c\/em\u003e\u003cem\u003eFor shipping reasons, the lattice panels are \u003cspan style=\"text-decoration: underline;\"\u003enot sold separately\u003c\/span\u003e and must be shipped with the raised garden bed kit.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eShipping:\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 8' x 8' raised garden bed kit ships in 3 boxes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"gmail_default\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"gmail_default\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cem\u003ePlease note, this item is made to order and is not eligible to be returned or canceled once it has shipped. If you have any questions, please reach out before your purchase.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Outdoor Living Today","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":44552083406893,"sku":"KIT-RB88","price":1769.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0670\/4542\/5197\/files\/cedar-complete-raised-garden-bed-kit-8-x-8-x-20kit-rb88-9478919.jpg?v=1782489575"},{"product_id":"milky-spore-powder-japanese-beetle-control-10-oz","title":"Milky Spore Powder Japanese Beetle Control - 10 oz","description":"\u003cp\u003eMilky Spore is the safest material ever developed to control the grubs of Japanese beetles. Produced to USDA standards. This 10 oz. box treats 2,500 square feet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-read-link=\"\"\u003e\u003ca class=\"read-more-link\" data-scroll=\"#full-description\"\u003eRead more\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMilky Spore targets and kills Japanese beetle grubs, a familiar destructive pest, before they can grow into adult beetles. At the immature stage, Japanese beetle grubs feed on the roots of lawns, turf, and other grassy areas. The adult beetle feeds on flowers, ornamental plants, trees, shrubs, and the foliage of some field crops.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginally developed by the USDA, Milky Spore is a naturally occurring bacteria \u003cem\u003eBacillus popillae\u003c\/em\u003e host-specific to Japanese beetles. In areas treated by Milky Spore, Japanese beetle grub eat the spores during their normal feeding patterns. Then the spores reproduce inside the grub, eventually killing grub within 7-21 days. As the grub decomposes, it releases millions of new spores and these multiply and kill other grubs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMilky Spore is safe for people, pets, wildlife, beneficial insects, and soil microorganisms. It does not affect streams, ponds, or groundwater. Product is approved and registered with the US Environmental Protection Agency.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFeatures \u0026amp; Benefits:\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e10 oz. Box can treat up to 2,500 square feet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTargets Japanese Beetle grubs feeding on roots\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNaturally occurring bacteria \u003cem\u003eBacillus popillae\u003c\/em\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKills grubs within 7-21 days while releasing even more spores\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDeveloped by the USDA and approved by the US Environmental Protection Agency\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSafe for people, pets wildlife and waterbodies\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eApplication:\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCoverage: 10 oz. box treats 2,500 square feet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eApply one teaspoon of Milky Spore powder to turf every 4 feet in rows 4 feet apart. It should look like a grid pattern when finished. Areas between direct applications will be inoculated naturally. Best results can be expected once the entire area is inoculated. Milky Spore requires only one application, lasting ten years or more.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is most effective to apply Milky Spore in the summer and early fall. The soil must be above 65 degrees F when the grubs are actively feeding, which is the best time for application. It works best to apply just before rainfall, or water in lightly after application to soak into soil.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo apply Milky Spore, you can make a homemade dispenser by punching 15 nail holes into a 1 lb. coffee can, and attaching with duct tape to a 4 foot stick six inches from the bottom.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eYou can purchase a Dispenser Tube \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/eartheasy.com\/products\/lawn-garden-dispenser-tube\"\u003ehere.\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNot registered for sale in Washington and Oregon.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"St. Gabriel Organics","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":44552101560365,"sku":"80010-9","price":40.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0670\/4542\/5197\/files\/milky-spore-powder-japanese-beetle-control-10-oz80010-9-1732344.jpg?v=1782488749"},{"product_id":"milky-spore-powder-japanese-beetle-control-40-oz","title":"Milky Spore Powder Japanese Beetle Control - 40 oz","description":"\u003cp\u003eMilky Spore is the safest material ever developed to control the grubs of Japanese beetles. Produced to USDA standards. This 40 oz. box treats 10,000 square feet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-read-link=\"\"\u003e\u003ca class=\"read-more-link\" data-scroll=\"#full-description\"\u003eRead more\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMilky Spore targets and kills Japanese beetle grubs, a familiar destructive pest, before they can grow into adult beetles. At the immature stage, Japanese beetle grubs feed on the roots of lawns, turf, and other grassy areas. The adult beetle feeds on flowers, ornamental plants, trees, shrubs, and the foliage of some field crops.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOriginally developed by the USDA, Milky Spore is a naturally occurring bacteria \u003cem\u003eBacillus popillae\u003c\/em\u003e host-specific to Japanese beetles. In areas treated by Milky Spore, Japanese beetle grub eat the spores during their normal feeding patterns. Then the spores reproduce inside the grub, eventually killing grub within 7-21 days. As the grub decomposes, it releases millions of new spores and these multiply and kill other grubs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMilky Spore is safe for people, pets, wildlife, beneficial insects, and soil microorganisms. It does not affect streams, ponds, or groundwater. Product is approved and registered with the US Environmental Protection Agency.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFeatures \u0026amp; Benefits:\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e40 oz. Box can treat up to 10,000 square feet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTargets Japanese Beetle grubs feeding on roots\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNaturally occuring bacteria \u003cem\u003eBacillus popillae\u003c\/em\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKills grubs within 7-21 days while releasing even more spores\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDevelopped by the USDA and approved by the US Environmental Protection Agency\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSafe for people, pets wildlife and waterbodies\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eApplication:\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCoverage: 40 oz. box treats 10,000 square feet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eApply one teaspoon of Milky Spore powder to turf every 4 feet in rows 4 feet apart. It should look like a grid pattern when finished. Areas between direct applications will be inoculated naturally. Best results can be expected once the entire area is inoculated. Milky Spore requires only one application, lasting ten years or more.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is most effective to apply Milky Spore in the summer and early fall. The soil must be above 65 degrees F when the grubs are actively feeding, which is the best time for application. It works best to apply just before rainfall, or water in lightly after application to soak into soil.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo apply Milky Spore, you can make a homemade dispenser by punching 15 nail holes into a 1 lb. coffee can, and attaching with duct tape to a 4 foot stick six inches from the bottom.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eYou can purchase a Dispenser Tube \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/eartheasy.com\/products\/lawn-garden-dispenser-tube\"\u003ehere.\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNot registered for sale in Washington and Oregon.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"St. Gabriel Organics","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":44552101625901,"sku":"80040-6","price":102.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0670\/4542\/5197\/files\/milky-spore-powder-japanese-beetle-control-40-oz80040-6-9744167.jpg?v=1782489556"},{"product_id":"cobrahead-precision-weeder-cultivator","title":"CobraHead Precision Weeder and Cultivator","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe CobraHead® Precision Weeder and Cultivator is the closest thing to a universal garden tool. Its sharp blade is like a steel fingernail that becomes an extension of your hand.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-read-link=\"\"\u003e\u003ca class=\"read-more-link\" data-scroll=\"#full-description\"\u003eRead more\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe CobraHead weeder and cultivator easily removes weeds right down to the deep tap roots. Its sharp blade is like a steel claw that becomes an extension of your hand.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe like the American-made CobraHead precision weeder and cultivator because it allows you to pull out weeds with minimal effort and very little impact on your lawn.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFeatures \u0026amp; Benefits:\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt weeds, digs, cultivates, edges, furrows, de-thatches, and transplants with ease\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCobraHead out-weeds and out-digs all similar tools\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe time proven blade design breaks up almost any soil\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePulls weeds right down to the tap roots\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eComfortable handle allows easy right-hand or left-hand action\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeighs just 9.2 oz.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMade in the USA\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eConstruction:\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe CobraHead® garden tool is made of knife-blade quality self-sharpening tempered steel. The handle is made of wood fiber reinforced recycled plastic. The way the steel is set into the handle ensures it will never come loose.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eQ \u0026amp; A with the Inventor:\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What makes the CobraHead a \"precision\" weeder?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The relatively narrow blade head and the pointed tip let the CobraHead work as though its blade were a steel fingernail. You can get right next to delicate plants and grab the weed and pull it out.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is the CobraHead effective on all weeds?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The CobraHead appears to be as close as you can get to a universal weeder. I find it's the best tool for grasses of all types. It does a great job on low-lying weeds such as purslane and spurge. It is great on dandelions and tap-rooted weeds. And because of its scalping ability even the weeds that can't be pulled out can be cut off quite deep underground.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How do you \"grab\" weeds with the CobraHead?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: If I push the blade into the ground just beyond the root and crown of the weed and pull the tool towards me, it pulls the whole weed loose. Usually I can pull out dandelions and deep rooted weeds in a single motion, with minimal disturbance to plants around the weed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What about cultivation? Why would I want to use a single bladed tool as a cultivator?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: The unique blade shape of the CobraHead garden weeder and cultivator has proven itself for years as an extremely efficient soil-cutting tool. What it may lose in width covered with a single pass is more than offset by the ease with which it cuts soil. I find its ability to break up hard soil and pull up weed roots at the same time to be the best way to cultivate my beds.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What else does the CobraHead do well?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA: I use it as a transplanter. I almost never use a trowel anymore. I use it as a seeder to either dig a small hole or make a furrow line. I use it to de-thatch very weedy areas that need to be cleaned up. I use it as an edger both in the garden and along walkways. I find new uses all the time. The CobraHead is the first tool I take with me when I go into the garden. - \u003cem\u003eNoel Valdes\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"CobraHead","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":44552102117421,"sku":"COBRAHEAD","price":34.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0670\/4542\/5197\/files\/cobrahead-precision-weeder-and-cultivatorcobrahead-3349921.jpg?v=1782488751"},{"product_id":"cobrahead-mini-weeder-and-cultivator","title":"CobraHead Mini Weeder and Cultivator","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe CobraHead Mini Weeder \u0026amp; Cultivator easily removes weeds right down to the deep tap roots. Its sharp blade is like a steel claw that becomes an extension of your hand.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-read-link=\"\"\u003e\u003ca class=\"read-more-link\" data-scroll=\"#full-description\"\u003eRead more\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe CobraHead “steel fingernail” blade design is now available in a pocket-sized hand tool that you can always have with you. Like the Original CobraHead Weeder \u0026amp; Cultivator, the CobraHead Mini makes light work of weeding, cultivating, planting and transplanting. This one small tool fills the role of several garden tools including trowels, small hand forks, dibbles, and hand hoes. The Mini size fits in areas impossible to work with larger tools. It is an excellent weeder for grasses and low lying weeds and is very effective on tap roots. Its sharp narrow blade cuts through the toughest soils.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFeatures \u0026amp; Benefits:\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt weeds, digs, cultivates, edges, furrows, de-thatches, and transplants with ease\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCobraHead out-weeds and out-digs all similar tools\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe time proven blade design breaks up almost any soil\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePulls weeds right down to the tap roots\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eComfortable handle allows easy right-hand or left-hand action\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeighs less than 5 ounces\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMeasures 8.75 inches long\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMade in the USA\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eConstruction:\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe CobraHead® blade is made of forged, tempered steel. The handle is made of a wood fiber reinforced recycled plastic. The way the steel is set into the handle ensures it will never come loose.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eQ \u0026amp; A with the Inventor:\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What makes the CobraHead a precision weeder?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e A: The relatively narrow blade head and the pointed tip let the CobraHead work as though its blade were a steel fingernail. You can get right next to delicate plants and grab the weed and pull it out.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is the CobraHead effective on all weeds?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e A: The CobraHead appears to be as close as you can get to a universal weeder. I find it's the best tool for grasses of all types. It does a great job on low-lying weeds such as purslane and spurge. It is great on dandelions and tap-rooted weeds. And because of its scalping ability even the weeds that can't be pulled out can be cut off quite deep underground.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How do you grab weeds with the CobraHead?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e A: If I push the blade into the ground just beyond the root and crown of the weed and pull the tool towards me, it pulls the whole weed loose. Usually I can pull out dandelions and deep rooted weeds in a single motion, with minimal disturbance to plants around the weed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What about cultivation? Why would I want to use a single bladed tool as a cultivator?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e A: The unique blade shape of the CobraHead has proven itself for years as an extremely efficient soil-cutting tool. What it may lose in width covered with a single pass is more than offset by the ease with which it cuts soil. I find its ability to break up hard soil and pull up weed roots at the same time to be the best way to cultivate my beds.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What else does the CobraHead do well?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e A: I use it as a transplanter. I almost never use a trowel anymore. I use it as a seeder to either dig a small hole or make a furrow line. I use it to de-thatch very weedy areas that need to be cleaned up. I use it as an edger both in the garden and along walkways. I find new uses all the time. The CobraHead is the first tool I take with me when I go into the garden. - \u003cem\u003eNoel Valdes\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"CobraHead","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":44552110833709,"sku":"67291","price":29.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0670\/4542\/5197\/files\/cobrahead-mini-weeder-and-cultivator67291-2196311.jpg?v=1782488745"},{"product_id":"16-inch-rainselect-rain-wand","title":"16\" RainSelect Rain Wand","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe RainSelect \u003cspan id=\"docs-internal-guid-8d297863-7fff-f9d0-2d95-67fb6a3dd539\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003e16 inch watering wand\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e features nine spray settings and a thumb controlled valve to easily control water flow. Available in three colors: green, blue and purple.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-read-link=\"\"\u003e\u003ca class=\"read-more-link\" data-scroll=\"#full-description\"\u003eRead more\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRainSelect rain watering wand has nine spray patterns for all your watering needs: from a fine mist setting for seedlings to the shower setting for mature plants and flowers. Thumb controlled valve makes it easy to control water flow, so you don't waste water while moving from one plant to the next. This design also eliminates the strain from squeezing a lever or trigger, as with many current watering tools.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse for any hand-watering job. The 16 inch watering wand is great for hanging baskets, vegetable gardens, greenhouse plants, trees and shrubs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFeatures \u0026amp; Benefits:\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e9 spray settings: stream, shower, rain, center, cone, angle, mist, flat and fan\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEasily change spray pattern with a twist of the dial\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSmooth thumb operated variable water flow control valve\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGreat watering tool for water restricted areas\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eComfortable handle with ergonomic design\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDurable metal construction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLifetime guarantee\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow To Use:\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSimply push the valve forward with your thumb to turn up water flow, and pull back to lower or stop water flow. This thumb activated shut-off valve ensures water is applied only where needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEasily change the spray pattern with a quick twist of the dial. Spray head can be disconnected from nozzle, and connected to another watering wand or garden hose.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Dramm","offers":[{"title":"Green","offer_id":44552136785965,"sku":"13614","price":23.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Blue","offer_id":66885142937645,"sku":"13615","price":23.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Purple","offer_id":66885142970413,"sku":"13616","price":23.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0670\/4542\/5197\/files\/16-rainselect-rain-wand13614-7095846.jpg?v=1782489477"},{"product_id":"one-touch-9-pattern-spray-nozzle","title":"One Touch 9-Pattern Spray Nozzle","description":"\u003cp\u003eThis garden spray nozzle features nine spray settings and easy water flow control with just one touch of your thumb. Available in three colors: green, blue and purple.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-read-link=\"\"\u003e\u003ca class=\"read-more-link\" data-scroll=\"#full-description\"\u003eRead more\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis hose spray nozzle features nine sprayer settings for all your hand watering needs from seedlings to hanging baskets. Thumb controlled valve makes it easy to adjust water flow, so you don't waste water while moving from one plant to the next.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFeatures \u0026amp; Benefits:\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e9 spray settings: stream, shower, rain, center, cone, angle, mist, flat and fan\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEasily change spray pattern with a twist of the dial\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSmooth thumb operated variable water flow control valve\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eComfortable handle with ergonomic design\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDurable metal construction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLifetime guarantee\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow To Use:\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSimply push the garden hose spray nozzle valve forward with your thumb to turn up the water flow, and pull back to lower or stop water flow. This thumb activated shut-off valve ensures water is applied only where needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEasily change the spray pattern with a quick twist of the dial. Spray head can be disconnected from nozzle, and connected to a watering wand or garden hose.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBesides watering your garden, this garden hose spray nozzle can be used for many outdoor tasks involving water, such as washing your car or boat, and cleaning your deck or driveway.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Dramm","offers":[{"title":"Blue","offer_id":44552136982573,"sku":"14505","price":15.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Green","offer_id":66885142839341,"sku":"14504","price":15.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Purple","offer_id":66885142872109,"sku":"14506","price":15.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0670\/4542\/5197\/files\/one-touch-9-pattern-spray-nozzle14505-6533926.jpg?v=1782489477"},{"product_id":"oya-clay-watering-vessel","title":"Oya Clay Watering Vessel","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Oya is a porous clay vessel that is planted in the ground to naturally water your garden - reducing water waste and watering time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAdd an Oya before, during or even late into the season. Water radiates out of the Oya covering areas of 2' (Small), 3' (Medium), or 4' (Large).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor house plants and pots, please see our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/eartheasy.com\/products\/oya-clay-watering-spike\" title=\"Oya Clay Watering Spike\"\u003eOya Watering Spikes\u003c\/a\u003e. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-read-link=\"\"\u003e\u003ca data-scroll=\"#full-description\" class=\"read-more-link\"\u003eRead more\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse an Oya watering pot for effortless home garden irrigation. Old is new again with these beautiful and simple water-saving porous clay irrigation vessels called Oyas - traditionally called \"ollas.\" An ancient form of localized plant irrigation, Oyas are planted in your garden to water slowly at the roots, saving water and making growing easy.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eJust fill your Oya with water every few days and the rest is taken care of. Plant roots instinctively grow toward the porous clay of the Oya which allows them to take exactly the water they need when they need it, no more no less. The result is less water, easier growing and a more successful garden. Each Oya comes with a custom-fit silicone lid.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAdd an Oya before, during or late into the gardening season. The Oya Watering Pot can be easily added in between your existing plants to immediately see water and time saving benefits. Please note, you may still need to surface water for 1-2 weeks until the roots have found the Oya.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFeatures \u0026amp; Benefits:\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTake care of your watering from patio pots, planters and garden beds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConserve up to 70% of your garden's watering needs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDecrease the amount of watering to as little as once a week\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvailable in three sizes for any shape or size garden\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRoots will naturally grow towards the Oya, taking what they need\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdd an Oya to your garden at any time during the growing season\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSilicone lid decreases evaporation and ensures nothing drops into the reservoir\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlease note, we do not recommend putting fertilizers into your Oya. Most fertilizers are not 100% soluble, potentially clogging the porosity of the Oya. Instead, apply the fertilizer around where the Oya is buried so that the roots will have easy access to nutrients.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSizing:\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSmall Oya\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWaters a garden space up to 2 feet in diameter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCapacity: 1.1 quart (1 liter)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions: 5\" wide x 7\" high\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned for patio or porch pots and planters\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePerfect for 5-15 gallon pots\/grow bags\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMedium Oya\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWaters a garden space up to 3 feet in diameter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCapacity: 3.2 quarts (3 liters)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions: 7\" wide x 10\" high\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePerfect for planter boxes, small raised beds and larger containers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3' x 6' raised bed is perfect with 2 medium Oyas\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEasily water 15-30 gallon grow bags\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLarge Oya\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWaters a garden space up to 4 feet in diameter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCapacity: 6.8 quarts (6.5 liters)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions: 10\" wide x 13\" high\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePerfect for 4-foot wide raised beds and larger, flat garden beds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEasily water 30+ gallon grow bags\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCare \u0026amp; Maintenance:\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe recommend removing the Oya watering pot at the end of the growing season to keep it in top shape. Remove plant growth and wash with 10 parts water and 1 part vinegar (a stiff brush can help), then let it air dry before storing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf you live in a climate at risk of frost, remove it from the ground before the frost and bring it indoors. Due to the porous nature of the clay, the Oya can be susceptible to cracking or shattering in freezing temperatures.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"GrowOya","offers":[{"title":"Small (1L)","offer_id":44552137769005,"sku":"1020-1","price":33.96,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Medium (3L)","offer_id":66885053612077,"sku":"1020-2","price":50.96,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Large (6.5L)","offer_id":66885053644845,"sku":"1020-3","price":67.96,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0670\/4542\/5197\/files\/oya-clay-watering-vessel1020-1-8389296.jpg?v=1782489556"},{"product_id":"cedar-complete-raised-garden-bed-kit-8-x-12","title":"Cedar Complete Raised Garden Bed Kit - 8' x 12'","description":"\u003cp\u003eThis 8' × 12' × 20\" raised garden bed kit provides a generous 65 square feet of planting space, perfect for growing fresh, wholesome vegetables for a family of 5–6. Made from sturdy, naturally beautiful cedar, it’s designed to last for years while adding a touch of charm to your outdoor space.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca class=\"read-more-link\"\u003eRead more\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCrafted from solid cedar, this 8' × 12' × 20\" garden bed delivers ample room for growing organic vegetables that your family will love. Its thoughtfully designed structure helps keep pests at bay and simplifies garden care, making it easy to enjoy bountiful harvests with minimal effort. Transform your backyard into a productive, low-maintenance oasis of homegrown goodness.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFeatures \u0026amp; Benefits:\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRaised Garden Bed – \u003c\/strong\u003eEasily accessible raised beds are 20 inches tall. Soil fills right to the bottom. Great for growing all sorts of vegetables, herbs, fruit and flowers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFencing – \u003c\/strong\u003e33\" high fence panels backed with wire mesh screen, doubles as a trellis.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGate – \u003c\/strong\u003eKeeps pests from getting into your garden and eating your plants.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSolid Cedar Construction – \u003c\/strong\u003eDurable1-1\/8\" untreated cedar lumber, naturally rot resistant.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardware Included – \u003c\/strong\u003eRust proof screws, brackets, and hinges.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eAssembly:\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou can assemble this garden kit yourself, or have a local handy person follow the instructions and set it up for you. Assembly takes about 4-5 hours, and adding the soil (approx. 4.5 cubic yards) can take an additional few hours. Note that no digging is required as the entire structure sits directly on the ground. Select a sunny and level piece of land for your garden.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAll of our fencing sections are backed with 3\/4\" wire mesh. When the fencing is delivered, the mesh is already affixed. So, it takes only minutes to attach the fencing sections to the garden beds. Up close, it looks attractive, but from a distance you can't even see it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis 8' x 12' garden has a wide accessible entry that measures 30.5 inches wide. The interior walkway is about 9 feet long, allowing easy access to the garden beds.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOptional Automatic Watering System:\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLocated at the back corner of the garden, this automatic soaker hose watering system takes even the simplest of duties out of your hands. We use a digital battery operated controller that is very easy to use. A garden hose can be connected to the unit, or the hose adaptor can be removed so the irrigation unit can be tied into your existing irrigation system with piping. When the controller turns on, water seeps out through the 75 ft. soaker hose. Includes:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDigital Battery Operated Controller - automatically waters your garden.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSoaker Hose - lay hose around your plants, cover with a layer of mulch, and water seeps out when the controller turns on.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCoiled Hose - conveniently mounted in the walkway of the fenced garden.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSprayer - attaches to end of the coiled hose. You can manually spray your plants if you choose to, or use the hose to wash your hands.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eThis irrigation system works best if your water pressure (psi) is between 10 and 80. If the psi is greater than 80, the programmable timer in our system could be damaged. We recommend purchasing a water pressure regulator that will take your water pressure down to 40 psi.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOptional Lattice:\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAdd an 8' long lattice panel to your 8' x 12' Cedar Complete Raised Garden Bed Kit to expand your growing space for climbing plants, such as beans, peas, cucumbers and more. The 8' lattice can be attached at the rear end of the garden bed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e8' long lattice panel made from solid cedar 1×2 frame construction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePanelized sections are shipped in 4ft wide by 4ft high panels\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe 8 ft. lattice includes two panels\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHardware and assembly instructions included\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cspan style=\"text-decoration: underline;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlease Note:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e If you are looking for additional lattice panels to frame two sides (L-shape) or three sides of the garden (U-shape), please contact \u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/eartheasy.com\/pages\/connect\"\u003eCustomer Support\u003c\/a\u003e \u003c\/strong\u003eto place your order over the phone. \u003c\/em\u003e\u003cem\u003eFor shipping reasons, the lattice panels are \u003cspan\u003enot sold separately\u003c\/span\u003e and must be shipped with the raised garden bed kit.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eShipping \u0026amp; Delivery:\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 8' x 12' Cedar Complete Raised Garden Bed Kit ships in 4 boxes when ordered on its own without the lattice option. If the lattice is included, the order will ship on a pallet via standard motor freight. The freight carrier will call in advance to schedule delivery. You may need two people present to unload freight from the delivering freight carrier vehicle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"gmail_default\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cem\u003eDue to its large size, this item is not eligible to be returned or canceled once it has shipped. If you have any questions, please reach out before your purchase.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Outdoor Living Today","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":44552198881325,"sku":"KIT-RB812","price":2319.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0670\/4542\/5197\/files\/cedar-complete-raised-garden-bed-kit-8-x-12kit-rb812-8266542.jpg?v=1782488632"},{"product_id":"deer-proof-cedar-complete-raised-garden-bed-kit-8-x-12","title":"Deer Proof Cedar Complete Raised Garden Bed Kit - 8' x 12'","description":"\u003cp\u003eThis is a fully enclosed raised garden bed you can walk into. The 8 ft x 12 ft kit surrounds 65 square feet of growing space with a 5 ft 7 in western red cedar fence and a 30.5 inch gate, so deer and other garden visitors stay outside while you work in comfort inside. The interior walkway runs about 9 feet, enough room to kneel, weed and harvest without stepping on your beds.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca class=\"read-more-link\"\u003eRead more\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBuilt from solid western red cedar, this enclosed kit gives a family of five or six all the growing space they need in one structure. The beds stand 20 inches tall, so there is far less bending, the soil holds moisture better than in a shallow bed, and deeper-rooted crops have somewhere to go. No liner is needed and no digging: the structure sits directly on level ground.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 5 ft 7 in fence doubles as a trellis for tomatoes, peas, beans and other climbers, so the walls of the enclosure are growing space too\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFeatures \u0026amp; Benefits:\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDeer proof \u003c\/strong\u003e– 5'7\" high fence doubles as a trellis, while preventing deer from jumping into the garden.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTall beds\u003c\/strong\u003e – 20\" tall beds mean you don’t have to bend down as far, and the soil will retain more moisture than shorter beds. Plus, you can grow larger plants with deeper roots. No liner needed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e5\/4\" thick Cedar\u003c\/strong\u003e – made of high quality 1-1\/8\"\" thick rot resistant cedar lumber that is ideal for damp environments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWalk-in access\u003c\/strong\u003e - a 30.5 inch gate opens onto an interior walkway about 9 feet long, so you can get in with a wheelbarrow-load of compost and work the beds from inside.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardware Included – \u003c\/strong\u003eRust proof screws, brackets, and hinges.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOptional Automatic Watering System\u003c\/strong\u003e – and timer waters your garden for you. Comes with soaker hose, automatic timer, and sprayer.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\n\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003eBuy It Finished, or Build It Yourself\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlenty of people build an enclosed raised bed garden from scratch, and there is nothing wrong with that. It is worth knowing what you are choosing between.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBuilding your own 8 ft x 12 ft enclosure means sourcing rot-resistant lumber, cutting and squaring four bed walls, framing fence panels tall enough that deer will not jump them, attaching mesh to every panel, and building a gate that still closes properly after a winter. Most people spread it across several weekends.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis kit arrives on a pallet in seven boxes with the 3\/4 inch wire mesh already fixed to the fence panels, all the rust-proof hardware included, and step-by-step instructions. No digging and no foundation: it sits on level ground.\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eAssembly:\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou can assemble this deer proof raised garden bed kit yourself, or have a local handy person follow the instructions and set it up for you. Assembly takes about 6 hours, and adding the soil (approx. 4.5 cubic yards) can take an additional few hours. Note that no digging is required as the entire structure sits directly on the ground. Select a sunny and level piece of land for your garden.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAll of our fencing sections are backed with 3\/4\" wire mesh. When the fencing is delivered, the mesh is already affixed. So, it takes only minutes to attach the fencing sections to the garden beds. Up close, it looks attractive, but from a distance you can't even see it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis 8 x 12 raised garden bed with deer fence has an entry that measures 30.5 inches wide. The interior walkway is about 9 feet long, allowing easy access to the garden beds.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOptional Automatic Watering System:\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLocated at the back corner of the deer proof raised garden bed kit, this automatic soaker hose watering system takes even the simplest of duties out of your hands. We use a digital battery operated controller that is very easy to use. A garden hose can be connected to the unit, or the hose adaptor can be removed so the irrigation unit can be tied into your existing irrigation system with piping. When the controller turns on, water seeps out through the 75 ft. soaker hose. Includes:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDigital Battery Operated Controller - automatically waters your garden.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSoaker Hose - lay hose around your plants, cover with a layer of mulch, and water seeps out when the controller turns on.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCoiled Hose - conveniently mounted in the walkway of the fenced garden.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSprayer - attaches to end of the coiled hose. You can manually spray your plants if you choose to, or use the hose to wash your hands.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003ePlease note this irrigation system works best if your water pressure (psi) is between 10 and 80. If the psi is greater than 80, the programmable timer in our system could be damaged. We recommend purchasing a water pressure regulator that will take your water pressure down to 40 psi.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eShipping \u0026amp; Delivery:\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlease Note:\u003c\/strong\u003e The 8' x 12' Cedar Complete Raised Garden Bed Kit ships on a pallet via standard motor freight. The freight carrier will call in advance to schedule delivery. You may need two people present to unload freight from the delivering freight carrier vehicle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"gmail_default\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"text-decoration: underline;\"\u003e\u003cem\u003eDue to its large size, this item is not eligible to be returned or canceled once it has shipped. If you have any questions, please reach out before your purchase.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Outdoor Living Today","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":44552200159277,"sku":"RB812-DFO-PAL","price":2999.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0670\/4542\/5197\/files\/RB812ft-Raised-Garden-Bed-Deer-Fence-Kit-Outdoor-Living-Today-Western-Red-Cedar-Raised-Garden-Bed-Kit-2-600x600_jpg.webp?v=1783373008"},{"product_id":"microlawn-grass-seed-microclover-blend-5-lbs","title":"MicroLawn Grass Seed \u0026 Microclover Blend - 5 lbs","description":"\u003cp\u003eMicroLawn is a seed mixture of Microclover and turf grasses that forms a beautiful self-sustaining lawn that stays green, crowds out weeds and requires little maintenance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-read-link=\"\"\u003e\u003ca class=\"read-more-link\" data-scroll=\"#full-description\"\u003eRead more\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMicroLawn grass seed was developed over many years of natural selection that resulted in all the benefits of traditional clovers but in very tiny, dark green leaves that do not form clumps or excessively compete with turf grass.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMicroclover seed mix \"spoon feeds\" nitrogen to the grass by utilizing atmospheric nitrogen and converting it into organic nitrogen forms used by turf grasses. Microclover lawn seed mix produces a healthy, dense and naturally green lawn that is easy to maintain.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMicroLawn grass seed is the perfect solution for lakeshores and watersheds that are sensitive to nitrogen runoff from chemical fertilizers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFeatures \u0026amp; Benefits:\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnvironmentally friendly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNever needs fertilizer after initial establishment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReduces nitrogen run-off and chemical use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCrowds out weeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNaturally stays green all year long and tolerates high traffic\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for sun and light-shade applications\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdaptable to most soil conditions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFlower heads removed with low mowing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5 lb. bag covers 1,000 square feet for new lawns\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is in MicroLawn?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMicroclover and grass seed mix is comprised of the following seed:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e85% Turf-Type Tall Fescue\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5 % Microclover, coated*\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e10% 4N Perennial Ryegrass\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e*Microclover is coated with a natural inoculant that ensures nitrogen fixation\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWeed Free Turf\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe vigorous and dense growth of clover and grass together crowds out existing weeds and prevents new weeds from establishing. The unique dense growth allows for low mowing height.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRead our article \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/eartheasy.com\/blogs\/yard-garden\/how-to-grow-microclover\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cem\u003eHow to Grow Microclover\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e for more information about using microclover as a lawn alternative.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"DLF Pickseed","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":44552223817773,"sku":"UCT144-5","price":40.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0670\/4542\/5197\/files\/microlawn-grass-seed-microclover-blend-5-lbsuct144-5-1586331.jpg?v=1782488580"},{"product_id":"deer-proof-cedar-complete-raised-garden-bed-kit-12-x-8","title":"Deer Proof Cedar Raised Garden Bed Kit with Deer Fence - 12' x 8'","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe 12' x 8' Deer Proof Garden Kit is a complete cedar raised garden bed with a 5'7\" deer fence already built around it. Sixty-five square feet of growing space sits inside beds 20 inches deep, and the double doors open to about 45 inches - wide enough to push a wheelbarrow, or a garden cart straight in without lifting anything over a rail. The fence doubles as a trellis for tomatoes, peas and beans.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEverything arrives panelized, with the mesh already fixed to the fence panels.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca class=\"read-more-link\"\u003eRead more\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMade with solid cedar, this deer and pest proof 12' x 8' x 20\" garden kit offers 65 square feet of gardening space, and is perfect for a family of five or six.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf you are looking to jump into gardening quickly, and do not want to deal with the chore of pest proofing and the challenge of irrigating your garden beds, this deer proof raised garden bed kit is perfect. The included 5' 7\" high fence stops deer and other pests from jumping into your garden, while doubling as a trellis for tomatoes, peas, beans and other climbing vegetables.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe entry to the 12' x 8' garden is approximately 45 inches wide. The interior walkway is about 7 feet long, allowing easy access to the garden beds.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFeatures \u0026amp; Benefits:\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDeer proof \u003c\/strong\u003e– 5'7\" high fence doubles as a trellis, while preventing deer from jumping into the garden.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWide double doors\u003c\/strong\u003e - the entry opens to about 45 inches, against 30.5 inches on the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/eartheasy.com\/products\/deer-proof-cedar-complete-raised-garden-bed-kit-8-x-12\" title=\"8 x 12\"\u003e8' x 12'\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/eartheasy.com\/products\/deer-proof-cedar-complete-raised-garden-bed-kit-8-x-16\" title=\"8 x 16\"\u003e8' x 16'\u003c\/a\u003e kits. Wide enough for a wheelbarrow, a garden cart\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTall beds\u003c\/strong\u003e – 20\" tall beds mean you don’t have to bend down as far, and the soil will retain more moisture than shorter beds. Plus, you can grow larger plants with deeper roots. No liner needed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e5\/4\" thick Cedar\u003c\/strong\u003e – made of high quality 1-1\/8\" thick rot resistant cedar lumber that is ideal for damp environments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardware Included – \u003c\/strong\u003eRust proof screws, brackets, and hinges.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOptional Automatic Watering System\u003c\/strong\u003e – and timer waters your garden for you. Comes with soaker hose, automatic timer, and sprayer.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOptional Automatic Watering System:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLocated at the back corner of the garden, this automatic soaker hose watering system takes even the simplest of duties out of your hands. We use a digital battery operated controller that is very easy to use. A garden hose can be connected to the unit, or the hose adaptor can be removed so the irrigation unit can be tied into your existing irrigation system with piping. When the controller turns on, water seeps out through the 75 ft. soaker hose. Includes:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDigital Battery Operated Controller - automatically waters your garden.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSoaker Hose - lay hose around your plants, cover with a layer of mulch, and water seeps out when the controller turns on.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCoiled Hose - conveniently mounted in the walkway of the fenced garden.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSprayer - attaches to end of the coiled hose. You can manually spray your plants if you choose to, or use the hose to wash your hands.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003ePlease note this irrigation system works best if your water pressure (psi) is between 10 and 80. If the psi is greater than 80, the programmable timer in our system could be damaged. We recommend purchasing a water pressure regulator that will take your water pressure down to 40 psi.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow the 12' x 8' Compares to the 8' x 12'\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBoth kits give you the same 65 square feet of growing space and both take about 4.5 cubic yards of soil. The difference is the shape. The doorway on this kit opens to about 45 inches against 30.5 inches on the 8' x 12' kit, and the interior walkway runs about 7 feet against about 9 feet. Choose the 12' x 8' if you want to get a wheelbarrow, a cart or a wheelchair through the door, or if your space is wider than it is deep. Choose the 8' x 12' if you have a long narrow strip to fill and want more walking room between the beds.\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eAssembly:\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou can assemble this deer proof raised garden bed kit yourself, or have a local handy person follow the instructions and set it up for you. Assembly takes about 6 hours, and adding the soil (approx. 4.5 cubic yards) can take an additional few hours. Note that no digging is required as the entire structure sits directly on the ground. Select a sunny and level piece of land for your garden.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAll of our fencing sections are backed with 3\/4\" wire mesh. When the fencing is delivered, the mesh is already affixed. So, it takes only minutes to attach the fencing sections to the garden beds. Up close, it looks attractive, but from a distance you can't even see it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eShipping \u0026amp; Delivery:\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlease Note:\u003c\/strong\u003e The 12' x 8' Cedar Complete Raised Garden Bed Kit ships on a pallet via standard motor freight. The freight carrier will call in advance to schedule delivery. You may need two people present to unload freight from the delivering freight carrier vehicle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"gmail_default\"\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"text-decoration: underline;\"\u003e\u003cem\u003eDue to its large size, this item is not eligible to be returned or canceled once it has shipped. If you have any questions, please reach out before your purchase.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cem\u003e \u003c\/em\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Outdoor Living Today","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":44552250425389,"sku":"RB128-2x4-DFO-PAL","price":3009.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0670\/4542\/5197\/files\/deer-proof-cedar-complete-raised-garden-bed-kit-12-x-8rb128-2x4-dfo-pal-7574867.jpg?v=1782489367"},{"product_id":"cedar-complete-raised-garden-bed-kit-8-x-16","title":"Cedar Complete Raised Garden Bed Kit - 8' x 16'","description":"\u003cp\u003eThis 8' x 16' x 20\" complete raised garden bed kit provides 85 square feet of planting space, enough to grow plenty of fresh vegetables. Constructed from solid cedar.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca class=\"read-more-link\"\u003eRead more\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis 8' x 16' x 20\" garden provides approximately 79 square feet of planting space, and is perfect for a large family. At 16 feet long, it is the longest garden kit we provide in this U-shaped design. Made from sustainable Western Red Cedar.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf you want to grow your own organic vegetables, but you’re busy and don’t have the patience to deal with pests eating your plants or don’t have the time to water it every day, this complete system may be perfect for you. The innovative design removes many of the irritating problems gardening can have.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFeatures \u0026amp; Benefits:\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRaised Garden Bed – \u003c\/strong\u003eEasily accessible raised beds are 20 inches tall. Soil fills right to the bottom. Great for growing all sorts of vegetables, herbs, fruit and flowers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFencing – \u003c\/strong\u003e33\" high fence panels backed with wire mesh screen, doubles as a trellis.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGate – \u003c\/strong\u003eKeeps pests from getting into your garden and eating your plants.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSolid Cedar Construction – \u003c\/strong\u003eDurable 1-1\/8\" untreated cedar lumber, naturally rot resistant.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardware Included – \u003c\/strong\u003eRust proof screws, brackets, and hinges.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eAssembly:\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou can assemble this garden kit yourself, or have a local handy person follow the instructions and set it up for you. Assembly takes about 6 hours, and adding the soil (approx. 6 cubic yards) can take an additional few hours. Note that no digging is required as the entire structure sits directly on the ground. Select a sunny and level piece of land for your garden.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAll of our fencing sections are backed with 3\/4\" wire mesh. When the fencing is delivered, the mesh is already affixed. So, it takes only minutes to attach the fencing sections to the garden beds. Up close, it looks attractive, but from a distance you can't even see it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis 8' x 16' garden has a wide accessible entry that measures 30.5 inches wide. The interior walkway is just over 12.5 feet long, allowing easy access to the garden beds.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOptional Automatic Watering System:\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLocated at the back corner of the garden, this automatic soaker hose watering system takes even the simplest of duties out of your hands. We use a digital battery operated controller that is very easy to use. A garden hose can be connected to the unit, or the hose adaptor can be removed so the irrigation unit can be tied into your existing irrigation system with piping. When the controller turns on, water seeps out through the 75 ft. soaker hose. Includes:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDigital Battery Operated Controller - automatically waters your garden.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSoaker Hose - lay hose around your plants, cover with a layer of mulch, and water seeps out when controller turns on (hose stakes included).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCoiled Hose - conveniently mounted in the walkway of the fenced garden.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSprayer - attaches to end of the coiled hose. You can manually spray your plants if you choose to, or use the hose to wash your hands.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003ePlease note this irrigation system works best if your water pressure (psi) is between 10 and 80. If the psi is greater than 80, the programmable timer in our system could be damaged. We recommend purchasing a water pressure regulator that will take your water pressure down to 40 psi.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOptional Lattice:\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAdd an 8' long lattice panel to your 8' x 16' Cedar Complete Raised Garden Bed Kit to expand your growing space for climbing plants, such as beans, peas, cucumbers and more. The 8' lattice can be attached to the back side of your bed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e8' long lattice panel made from solid cedar 1×2 frame construction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePanelized sections are shipped in 4ft wide by 4ft high panels\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe 8ft. lattice includes two panels\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHardware and assembly instructions included\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cspan\u003ePlease Note:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e If you are looking for additional lattice panels to frame in the other side (L-shape) or three sides of the garden (U-shape), please contact \u003cspan\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/eartheasy.com\/pages\/connect\"\u003eCustomer Support\u003c\/a\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eto place your order over the phone. \u003c\/em\u003e\u003cem\u003eFor shipping reasons, the lattice panels are \u003cspan\u003enot sold separately\u003c\/span\u003e and must be shipped with the raised garden bed kit.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eShipping:\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 8' x 16' Cedar Complete Raised Garden Bed Kit ships in 5 boxes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"gmail_default\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"text-decoration: underline;\"\u003e\u003cem\u003eDue to its large size, this item is not eligible to be returned or canceled once it has shipped. If you have any questions, please reach out before your purchase.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Outdoor Living Today","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":44552255897645,"sku":"KIT-RB816","price":2809.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0670\/4542\/5197\/files\/cedar-complete-raised-garden-bed-kit-8-x-16kit-rb816-1156867.jpg?v=1782488581"},{"product_id":"deer-proof-cedar-complete-raised-garden-bed-kit-8-x-16","title":"Deer Proof Cedar Complete Raised Garden Bed Kit - 8' x 16'","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe 8' x 16' x 20\" Deer Proof Garden Kit is enclosed with a 5'7\" high fence to prevent deer from entering the garden and eating your vegetables. This fence can double as a trellis.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca class=\"read-more-link\"\u003eRead more\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMade with solid cedar, this deer and pest proof 8' x 16' x 20\" garden kit offers 79 square feet of gardening space, and can grow enough fresh vegetables for a large family. At 16 feet long, it is the longest garden kit we provide in this U-shaped design.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf you are looking to jump into gardening quickly, and do not want to deal with the chore of pest proofing and the challenge of irrigating your garden beds, this deer proof raised garden bed kit is perfect. The included 5' 7\" high fence stops deer and other pests from jumping into your garden, while doubling as a trellis for tomatoes, peas, beans and other climbing vegetables.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFeatures \u0026amp; Benefits:\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDeer proof \u003c\/strong\u003e– 5'7\" high fence doubles as a trellis, while preventing deer from jumping into the garden.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTall beds\u003c\/strong\u003e – 20\" tall beds mean you don’t have to bend down as far, and the soil will retain more moisture than shorter beds. Plus, you can grow larger plants with deeper roots. No liner needed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e5\/4\" thick Cedar\u003c\/strong\u003e – made of high quality 1-1\/8\" thick rot resistant cedar lumber that is ideal for damp environments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardware Included – \u003c\/strong\u003eRust proof screws, brackets, and hinges.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOptional Automatic Watering System:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLocated at the back corner of the raised cedar garden bed with deer fence, this automatic soaker hose watering system takes even the simplest of duties out of your hands. We use a digital battery operated controller that is very easy to use. A garden hose can be connected to the unit, or the hose adaptor can be removed so the irrigation unit can be tied into your existing irrigation system with piping. When the controller turns on, water seeps out through the 75 ft. soaker hose. Includes:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDigital Battery Operated Controller - automatically waters your garden.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSoaker Hose - lay hose around your plants, cover with a layer of mulch, and water seeps out when controller turns on (hose stakes included).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCoiled Hose - conveniently mounted in the walkway of the fenced garden.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSprayer - attaches to end of the coiled hose. You can manually spray your plants if you choose to, or use the hose to wash your hands.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003ePlease note this irrigation system works best if your water pressure (psi) is between 10 and 80. If the psi is greater than 80, the programmable timer in our system could be damaged. We recommend purchasing a water pressure regulator that will take your water pressure down to 40 psi.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eAssembly:\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou can assemble this deer proof cedar complete raised garden bed kit yourself, or have a local handy person follow the instructions and set it up for you. Assembly takes about 7 hours, and adding the soil (approx. 6 cubic yards) can take an additional few hours. Note that no digging is required as the entire structure sits directly on the ground. Select a sunny and level piece of land for your garden.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAll of our fencing sections are backed with 3\/4\" wire mesh. When the fencing is delivered, the mesh is already affixed. So, it takes only minutes to attach the fencing sections to the garden beds. Up close, it looks attractive, but from a distance you can't even see it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis 8' x 16' gardens entry is 30.5 inches wide. The interior walkway is just over 12.5 feet long, allowing easy access to the garden beds.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eShipping \u0026amp; Delivery:\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlease Note:\u003c\/strong\u003e The 8' x 16' Cedar Complete Raised Garden Bed Kit ships on a pallet via standard motor freight. The freight carrier will call in advance to schedule delivery. You may need two people present to unload freight from the delivering freight carrier vehicle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"gmail_default\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"text-decoration: underline;\"\u003e\u003cem\u003eDue to its large size, this item is not eligible to be returned or canceled once it has shipped. If you have any questions, please reach out before your purchase.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Outdoor Living Today","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":44552256651309,"sku":"RB816-DFO-PAL","price":3489.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0670\/4542\/5197\/files\/deer-proof-cedar-complete-raised-garden-bed-kit-8-x-16rb816-dfo-pal-9590715.jpg?v=1782488581"},{"product_id":"pruning-shears","title":"Pruning Shears","description":"\u003cp\u003eKeep your garden looking its best with these lightweight pruning shears, designed for clean, precise cuts on stems and branches. The sharp blade slices smoothly through live wood, while ergonomic, non-slip handles provide comfort and control during extended use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-read-link=\"\"\u003e\u003ca class=\"read-more-link\" data-scroll=\"#full-description\"\u003eRead more\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThese needle nose pruning shears \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003efeature slender, pointed blades that make it easy to trim delicate stems and reach tight spaces with precision. Ideal for harvesting herbs, deadheading flowers, and making clean, accurate cuts, they're perfect for everything from snipping fresh kitchen herbs to gathering blooms for a bouquet.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eLightweight and durable, these \u003c\/span\u003eprecision garden shears\u003cspan\u003e are also great for pruning perennials, shaping small plants, and light garden maintenance. Ergonomic handles provide a comfortable grip, while the included reusable, plastic-free holster keeps your shears protected and ready for use.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFeatures:\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLightweight pruning tools\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterials: aluminum, high carbon steel, hard chromed plated metal\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSage green ergonomic handle\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRust resistant\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo slip grip\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Modern Sprout","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":44552270643245,"sku":"MS-GS-1001","price":17.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0670\/4542\/5197\/files\/pruning-shearsms-gs-1001-3530362.jpg?v=1782489351"},{"product_id":"stainless-steel-hose-rack-dura-loop-saddle","title":"Stainless Steel Hose Rack - Dura-Loop Saddle","description":"\u003cp\u003eThis heavy-duty, sleek, stainless steel hose hanger looks great in your backyard while strong enough to be used in industrial and marine applications!\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou can find a smaller, hook version \u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/eartheasy.com\/products\/stainless-steel-hose-hanger-dura-loop-hook\" target=\"_blank\"\u003ehere\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-read-link=\"\"\u003e\u003ca class=\"read-more-link\" data-scroll=\"#full-description\"\u003eRead more\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Dura-Loop Saddle is large enough to accommodate up to 100' of 1-1\/4\" (outside diameter) heavy-duty hose! Made in the USA from 304 stainless steel, you will never have to worry about this hose hanger rusting, bending or breaking!\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou can mount this hose hanger t\u003cspan\u003eo outside walls, in garages, utility rooms, and other work areas. It is an ideal solution for use in residential, commercial, and marine applications.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFeatures \u0026amp; Benefits:\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMade from 304 stainless steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLarge capacity for heavy-duty hose\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHolds up to 200 lbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWill not bend, break or rust\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMade in the USA\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlease note, the mounting plate is \u003cspan\u003e7 1\/2\" high and 4\" wide. Mounting hardware is included.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Accu-Brand","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":44552308457517,"sku":"DL-018A400","price":89.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0670\/4542\/5197\/files\/stainless-steel-hose-rack-dura-loop-saddledl-018a400-2154487.jpg?v=1782488568"},{"product_id":"stainless-steel-hose-hanger-dura-loop-hook","title":"Stainless Steel Hose Hanger - Dura-Loop Hook","description":"\u003cp\u003eThis heavy-duty, sleek \u003cspan id=\"docs-internal-guid-19ccd8fc-7fff-f168-7156-349341070481\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003estainless steel hose hanger\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e looks great in your backyard while strong enough to be used in industrial and marine applications!\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou can find the larger, saddle version \u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/eartheasy.com\/products\/stainless-steel-hose-rack-dura-loop-saddle\" target=\"_blank\"\u003ehere\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-read-link=\"\"\u003e\u003ca data-scroll=\"#full-description\" class=\"read-more-link\"\u003eRead more\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Dura-Loop hose hanger is made in the USA from 304 stainless steel, and you will never have to worry about this hose hanger rusting, bending or breaking! The small size is big enough to accommodate up to 100' of 1\/2\" (outside diameter) hose, while the larger size will hold up to 100' of 3\/4\" (outside diameter) hose.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou can mount this stainless steel garden hose hanger t\u003cspan\u003eo outside walls, in garages, utility rooms, and other work areas. It is an ideal solution for use in residential, commercial, and marine applications. This smaller version is best suited to hoses and extension cords! The stainless steel heavy duty hose hanger provides a durable and reliable solution for neatly storing garden hoses, ensuring they stay organized and tangle-free.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFeatures \u0026amp; Benefits:\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMade from 304 stainless steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHolds up to 200 lbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWill not bend, break or rust\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMounting hardware included\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMade in the USA\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlease note, the mounting plate is \u003cspan\u003e3.5\" W X 3\" H on the small hanger\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e. Mounting hardware is included.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Accu-Brand","offers":[{"title":"Small","offer_id":44552313962541,"sku":"DL-018A306","price":34.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Large","offer_id":66885052923949,"sku":"DL-018A307","price":44.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0670\/4542\/5197\/files\/stainless-steel-hose-hanger-dura-loop-hookdl-018a306-4617510.jpg?v=1782489217"},{"product_id":"automatic-watering-system-for-cedar-complete-raised-garden-bed-kit","title":"Automatic Watering System for Cedar Complete Raised Garden Bed Kits","description":"\u003cp\u003eAutomatic Watering System with timer waters your garden for you. Comes with 75' soaker hose, automatic timer, and sprayer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePerfect for the 8'x8', 8'x12', and 8'x16' Complete Raised Garden Bed Kits.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca class=\"read-more-link\"\u003eRead more\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLocated at the back corner of the garden, this automatic soaker hose watering system takes even the simplest of duties out of your hands. We use a digital battery operated controller that is very easy to use. A garden hose can be connected to the unit, or the hose adaptor can be removed so the irrigation unit can be tied into your existing irrigation system with piping. When the controller turns on, water seeps out through the 75 ft. soaker hose.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFeatures \u0026amp; Benefits:\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDigital Battery Operated Controller - automatically waters your garden.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSoaker Hose - lay hose around your plants, cover with a layer of mulch, and water seeps out when controller turns on (hose stakes included).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCoiled Hose - conveniently mounted in the walkway of the fenced garden.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSprayer - attaches to end of the coiled hose. You can manually spray your plants if you choose to, or use the hose to wash your hands.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Outdoor Living Today","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":44552315142189,"sku":"RBH2O","price":509.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0670\/4542\/5197\/files\/automatic-watering-system-for-cedar-complete-raised-garden-bed-kitsrbh2o-1417561.jpg?v=1782488520"},{"product_id":"8-x-8-cedar-greenhouse","title":"8' x 8' Western Red Cedar Greenhouse","description":"\u003cp\u003eTurn your gardening hobby into a year-round pursuit with this durable Western Red Cedar 8' x 8' greenhouse kit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIdeal for overwintering plants and extending your growing season. In the spring, give your seedlings an early start inside a greenhouse.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca class=\"read-more-link\"\u003eRead more\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA greenhouse is a wonderful addition to any kitchen garden. Plants like tomatoes and peppers can be planted early in the greenhouse and later transplanted into your garden, so you can get an early jump on your growing season.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis 8 x 8 greenhouse kit is made from Western Red Cedar, known for its beauty, strength, and durability. Standing just over 8 feet tall at the peak and 8 feet wide, there is plenty of room for growing and tending to your plants. 6mm thick twin wall polycarbonate roof and wall panels allow only filtered UV light through.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe kit comes with over 14 lineal feet of cedar shelving, providing you with space for organizing your plants, pots, and tools.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"txt\"\u003eThe cedar greenhouse kit includes 1 large vent window with a Univent automatic window opener. The window opens and closes automatically at approximately 70 degrees Fahrenheit creating an ideal growing environment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFeatures \u0026amp; Benefits:\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAssembled Dimensions: 96\" wide x 96\" long x 104\" high at peak\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e410 cubic feet storage capacity\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWestern red cedar construction for strength and durability\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct ships unstained - cedar accepts a wide range of finishes to help you create a personalized look\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePre-cut and panelized components (no time-consuming cutting of any major parts)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDutch door (31\" wide): bottom half can remain closed while top half opens like a window\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3.5 in. x 3.5 in. outside posts and rafters\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e6mm thick polygal twin wall polycarbonate roof and wall panels (R value of 1.53)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePolygal is translucent and fluted to filter the light to your plants\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 automatic heat-activated roof vent opener\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 lower wall vents\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOver 14 lineal feet x 16\" deep L-shaped full-wall workbench\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eComplete hardware kit includes screws, nails, hinges, handles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIncludes step-by-step detailed assembly manual\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003ePlease note: this greenhouse kit does not include a floor. Foundation and floor materials must be purchased separately. Details below.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eAssembly:\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou can assemble this 8 x 8 greenhouse kit yourself, or have a local handyperson follow the instructions and set it up for you. Assembly takes approximately two days. Basic tools are required for assembly such as a screw gun, level and hammer. Western Red Cedar wood comes unfinished, and can be painted, stained, or allowed to weather naturally to a silver-grey color.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eShipping \u0026amp; Delivery:\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis 8' x 8' Cedar Greenhouse Kit ships on a pallet via standard motor freight. The freight carrier will call in advance to schedule delivery. You may need two people present to unload freight from the delivering freight carrier vehicle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"gmail_default\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"text-decoration: underline;\"\u003e\u003cem\u003eDue to its large size, this item is not eligible to be returned or canceled once it has shipped. If you have any questions, please reach out before your purchase.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSelecting a Location for Your Greenhouse:\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWalk around your property and make notes of the following:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSunny spots\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSlope of the land\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLight-blocking trees and high buildings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA cedar greenhouse makes an attractive addition to your garden, and should be placed in an area with plenty of natural light. Ensure the greenhouse has easy access to it and around it, to enable essential glass cleaning and general maintenance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlace the cedar greenhouse kit on a level piece of land with good drainage. Take into account existing paths and utilities such as electricity and water. Having a water supply at hand avoids carrying heavy watering cans from the tap to the greenhouse.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eChoosing a Foundation \u0026amp; Flooring Material:\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"text-decoration: underline;\"\u003eDirt\u003c\/span\u003e - A dirt floor is the most inexpensive flooring option but it can be messy. However, water will be absorbed easily and you can benefit from the natural heat.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"text-decoration: underline;\"\u003eSand \u0026amp; Gravel (Recommended)\u003c\/span\u003e - A sand and small gravel floor is also an inexpensive foundation option. It provides excellent drainage and it's easy to keep clean.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"text-decoration: underline;\"\u003eConcrete\u003c\/span\u003e - When considering using a concrete floor, we recommend seeking out a professional to pour the concrete and be sure to add water drains. Concrete floors also are great for holding heat and easy to clean and maintain. The downside of having a concrete foundation is that it is permanent and more costly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"text-decoration: underline;\"\u003eBrick\/Stone\u003c\/span\u003e - Brick or stone floors are also a good option providing you leave adequate spacing between the bricks\/stones to allow water to drain and absorb into the ground. Bricks and stones also hold heat and are a good choice if cold weather is going to be an issue for your greenhouse.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe recommend using a Sand \u0026amp; Gravel foundation and floor system because it is simple and cost effective. Here is what you will need for the 8' x 8' greenhouse floor materials:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOne Cubic Yard of Sand- to cover 9' x 9' - 2\" deep.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLandscape Cloth - to cover 8' x 8' footprint.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4x4 Cedar Foundation Framing - Included with the greenhouse kit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1.5 Cubic Yards of Gravel (small, such as pea gravel) - to cover 8' x 8' - 4 inches deep.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOptional: 12 pieces 12\" long Rebar\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAfter you have decided on the proper greenhouse foundation\/flooring, it's important to take your time and install it properly. Be sure to remove any sod, grass, weeds, etc. Always start with a packed and levelled dirt floor.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Outdoor Living Today","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":44552324972589,"sku":"CGH88","price":4379.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0670\/4542\/5197\/files\/8-x-8-cedar-greenhousecgh88-6537547.jpg?v=1782489200"},{"product_id":"8-x-12-cedar-greenhouse","title":"8' x 12' Western Red Cedar Greenhouse","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe 8' x 12' Western Red Cedar Greenhouse Kit stands just over 8 feet tall at the peak, giving you a greenhouse you can walk into and work in standing up. With a spacious 8' x 12' footprint, there’s plenty of room for a full run of shelving along one wall, with a comfortable working aisle beside it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIdeal for overwintering plants and extending your growing season. In the spring, give your seedlings an early start inside a greenhouse.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca class=\"read-more-link\"\u003eRead more\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe frame is solid western red cedar, naturally resistant to rot, decay and insects, so it needs no chemical treatment. It arrives unstained, so you can paint it, seal it, or let it weather to a soft silver-grey. Roof and wall panels are 6mm twin-wall polycarbonate, spreading sunlight evenly across your plants and holding warmth in overnight.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis is a kit, not a pile of lumber. Components arrive pre-cut and panelized, with no cutting of major parts. A screw gun, a level and a hammer are all you need, and every screw and hinge is in the box with a step-by-step manual.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTwo heat-activated roof vents open on their own at around 70°F and close again as the greenhouse cools - no power supply, no wiring. Lower wall vents draw cool air in at ground level.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis greenhouse ships free by freight, leaves the warehouse in 3-5 business days, and carries a 1 year manufacturer's warranty.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlease note: no floor is included. Foundation guidance, including how much sand and gravel you need, is further down this page.\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\n\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003eWhy Cedar and Not Metal or Plastic:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMost greenhouses this size are aluminium frames wrapped in plastic sheeting, and they cost less. Here is what you get for the difference.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCedar does not conduct heat the way a metal frame does, so the structure is not working against you on a cold night. It is heavy enough to stay put: anchored to a proper foundation, this greenhouse holds up in serious coastal wind storms. And it looks like part of your garden rather than a utility structure parked in it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is also yours to finish. Cedar takes stain, paint or oil, or you can let it silver naturally. An aluminium frame is the colour it came in, forever.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFeatures \u0026amp; Benefits:\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAssembled Dimensions: 96\" wide x 141\" long x 104\" high at peak\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWestern red cedar construction for strength and durability\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct ships unstained - cedar accepts a wide range of finishes to help you create a personalized look\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePre-cut and panelized components (no time-consuming cutting of any major parts)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFull polycarbonate door, for optimal light\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e6mm thick polygal twin wall polycarbonate roof and wall panels (R value of 1.53)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePolygal is translucent and fluted to filter the light to your plants\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 automatic heat-activated roof vent opener\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 lower wall vents\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e24 lineal feet of wall shelving (16\" deep)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eComplete hardware kit includes screws, nails, hinges, handles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIncludes step-by-step detailed assembly manual\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003ePlease note: this greenhouse kit does not include a floor. Foundation and floor materials must be purchased separately. Details below.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e8' x 12' or 8' x 8'? How to Choose:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe sell this greenhouse in two sizes, built the same way from the same cedar and the same 6mm twin-wall panels - this 8' x 12' and the 8' x 8'. Choose the 8' x 8' if space is tight or this is your first greenhouse. Choose the 8' x 12' if you already know you will fill it: the extra four feet is where the potting bench goes, beside a full run of shelving rather than shelving you reach across.\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eAssembly:\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou can assemble this cedar greenhouse kit yourself, or have a local handyperson follow the instructions and set it up for you. Assembly takes approximately two days. Basic tools are required for assembly such as a screw gun, level and hammer. Western Red Cedar wood comes unfinished, and can be painted, stained, or allowed to weather naturally to a silver-grey color.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eShipping \u0026amp; Delivery:\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis 8' x 12' Cedar Greenhouse Kit ships on a pallet via standard motor freight. The freight carrier will call in advance to schedule delivery. You may need two people present to unload freight from the delivering freight carrier vehicle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"gmail_default\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"text-decoration: underline;\"\u003e\u003cem\u003eDue to its large size, this item is not eligible to be returned or canceled once it has shipped. If you have any questions, please reach out before your purchase.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSelecting a Location for Your Greenhouse:\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWalk around your property and make notes of the following:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSunny spots\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSlope of the land\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLight-blocking trees and high buildings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA greenhouse makes an attractive addition to your garden, and should be placed in an area with plenty of natural light. Ensure the greenhouse has easy access to it and around it, to enable essential glass cleaning and general maintenance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlace the greenhouse on a level piece of land with good drainage. Take into account existing paths and utilities such as electricity and water. Having a water supply at hand avoids carrying heavy watering cans from the tap to the greenhouse.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eChoosing a Foundation \u0026amp; Flooring Material:\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"text-decoration: underline;\"\u003eDirt\u003c\/span\u003e - A dirt floor is the most inexpensive flooring option but it can be messy. However, water will be absorbed easily and you can benefit from the natural heat.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"text-decoration: underline;\"\u003eSand \u0026amp; Gravel (Recommended)\u003c\/span\u003e - A sand and small gravel floor is also an inexpensive foundation option. It provides excellent drainage and it's easy to keep clean.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"text-decoration: underline;\"\u003eConcrete\u003c\/span\u003e - When considering using a concrete floor, we recommend seeking out a professional to pour the concrete and be sure to add water drains. Concrete floors also are great for holding heat and easy to clean and maintain. The downside of having a concrete foundation is that it is permanent and more costly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"text-decoration: underline;\"\u003eBrick\/Stone\u003c\/span\u003e - Brick or stone floors are also a good option providing you leave adequate spacing between the bricks\/stones to allow water to drain and absorb into the ground. Bricks and stones also hold heat and are a good choice if cold weather is going to be an issue for your greenhouse.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe recommend using a Sand \u0026amp; Gravel foundation and floor system because it is simple and cost effective. Here is what you will need for the 8' x 12' greenhouse floor materials:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOne Cubic Yard of Sand - to cover 9' x 13' - 2\" deep.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLandscape Cloth - to cover 8' x 12' footprint.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4x4 Cedar Foundation Framing - Included with the greenhouse kit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTwo Cubic Yards of Gravel (small, such as pea gravel) - to cover 8' x 12' - 4 inches deep.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOptional: 16 pieces 12\" long Rebar\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAfter you have decided on the proper greenhouse foundation\/flooring, it's important to take your time and install it properly. Be sure to remove any sod, grass, weeds, etc. Always start with a packed and levelled dirt floor.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Outdoor Living Today","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":44552325005357,"sku":"CGH812","price":5459.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0670\/4542\/5197\/files\/8-x-12-cedar-greenhousecgh812-7517917.jpg?v=1782489266"},{"product_id":"8-x-4-spacesaver-storage-shed-single-door","title":"8' x 4' SpaceSaver Storage Shed - Single Door","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan class=\"s1\"\u003eMade from durable, rot-resistant cedar, this lean-to \"space saver\" shed fits perfectly against a fence or up close to a house.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"p1\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"s1\"\u003eMeasuring 8' long by 4' deep, and 8' tall at the rear of the shed, it has plenty of storage space for tools, gardening supplies, sporting equipment and more.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca class=\"read-more-link\"\u003eRead more\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis 8' wide x 4' deep SpaceSaver shed is a backyard tool shed constructed from Western red cedar for long-lasting strength. This 8x4 storage shed will help keep your tools, supplies and other backyard items organized, out of the way, and protected from the elements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe SpaceSaver shed has a 31.5\" wide single door on one side and a window on the other. The window is functional, not just decorative, with a lock and a screen for ventilation. A flower box attaches below the window, giving the shed extra charm!\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"p1\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"s1\"\u003eWith an interior wall height of 86\" at the back and 79\" at the front, there is enough headroom to walk right in and plenty of space to store your supplies.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis 8x4 lean to shed ships unstained and accepts a wide range of finishes and paints to help you create a personalized look.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFeatures \u0026amp; Benefits:\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWestern red cedar construction for strength and durability\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChoose between a cedar shingle roof and a metal roof\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 ft. x 4 ft. cedar floor joists and floor runners included for the floor frame\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5\/8 inch thick plywood floor pieces pre-cut for your convenience\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSingle door measures 31.5\" wide x 72\" tall\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eO\u003cspan class=\"s4\"\u003ene functional, screened aluminum window (18\" W x 23\" H) with a lock\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIncludes a flower box that fits beneath the window\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePanelized assembly pieces – no time-consuming cutting required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eComplete hardware kit includes screws, nails, hinges, handles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIncludes step-by-step detailed assembly manual\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMade in Canada\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eRoof Options:\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe cedar roof option \u003cspan\u003eradiates timeless charm while also delivering outstanding \u003c\/span\u003equality. When choosing this option, it will include:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCedar shingle panels pre-attached to ½” plywood sheathing, with roofing paper for water protection\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProprietary seam filler shingles for a seamless roof\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWestern red cedar roof ridge caps\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll necessary roofing hardware\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe metal roof option is a modern choice that goes beyond just aesthetics – it serves as a robust shield, ensuring long-lasting protection for your property against the elements. When choosing this option, it will include:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePre-cut 1×4 western red cedar roof battens\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e26 gauge drip caps\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e26 gauge galvalume roof panels\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e26 gauge ridge caps\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll necessary roofing hardware\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eAssembly:\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBasic assembly is required and takes one to two days with a helper, depending on your skill level. All hardware is included and includes illustrated step-by-step instructions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis 8x4 storage shed naturally weathers to a light grey color. We recommend staining or painting the shed. Western red cedar wood accepts a wide range of finishes to help you customize the appearance of shed. Unlike pressure treated lumber, there are no toxic chemical preservatives used in its manufacturing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eShipping \u0026amp; Delivery:\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlease Note:\u003c\/strong\u003e The 8' x 4' SpaceSaver Storage Shed ships on a pallet via standard motor freight. The freight carrier will call in advance to schedule delivery. You may need two people present to unload freight from the delivering freight carrier vehicle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"gmail_default\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"text-decoration: underline;\"\u003e\u003cem\u003eDue to its large size, this item is not eligible to be returned or canceled once it has shipped. If you have any questions, please reach out before your purchase.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Outdoor Living Today","offers":[{"title":"Metal Roof","offer_id":44552327036973,"sku":"KIT-SS84-S-METAL-AK","price":3459.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Cedar Shingle Roof","offer_id":66885137989677,"sku":"KIT-SS84-S-CEDAR-AK","price":3629.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0670\/4542\/5197\/files\/8-x-4-spacesaver-storage-shed-single-doorkit-ss84-s-metal-ak-4722302.jpg?v=1782488506"},{"product_id":"8-x-4-spacesaver-storage-shed-double-doors","title":"8' x 4' SpaceSaver Storage Shed - Double Doors","description":"\u003cp\u003eMade from durable, rot-resistant cedar, this lean-to \"space saver\" shed fits perfectly against a fence or up close to a house.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"p1\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"s1\"\u003eMeasuring 8' long by 4' deep, and 8 feet tall at the rear of the shed, with double doors for easy access, it has plenty of storage space for tools, gardening supplies, sporting equipment and more.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca class=\"read-more-link\"\u003eRead more\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis 8' wide x 4' deep SpaceSaver shed is a backyard tool shed constructed from Western red cedar for long-lasting strength. The 8x4 storage shed will help keep your tools, supplies and other backyard items organized, out of the way, and protected from the elements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 8x4 lean to shed has a 62\" wide x 72\" high double door opening, making it easy to access the large interior storage space, and move any large outdoor tools in and out of the shed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWith an interior wall height of 86\" at the rear and 79\" at the front, there is enough headroom to walk right in and plenty of space to add shelving and store your supplies.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis 8x4 double door shed ships unstained and accepts a wide range of finishes and paints to help you create a personalized look.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFeatures \u0026amp; Benefits:\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWestern red cedar construction for strength and durability\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChoose between a cedar shingle roof and a metal roof\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 ft. x 4 ft. cedar floor joists and floor runners included for the floor frame\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5\/8 inch thick plywood floor pieces pre-cut for your convenience\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDouble doors (62\" wide x 72\" tall) provide easy access to your stored items\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePanelized assembly pieces – no time-consuming cutting required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eComplete hardware kit includes screws, nails, hinges, handles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIncludes step-by-step detailed assembly manual\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMade in Canada\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eRoof Options:\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe cedar roof option \u003cspan\u003eradiates timeless charm while also delivering outstanding \u003c\/span\u003equality. When choosing this option, it will include:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCedar shingle panels pre-attached to ½” plywood sheathing, with roofing paper for water protection\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProprietary seam filler shingles for a seamless roof\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWestern red cedar roof ridge caps\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll necessary roofing hardware\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe metal roof option is a modern choice that goes beyond just aesthetics – it serves as a robust shield, ensuring long-lasting protection for your property against the elements. When choosing this option, it will include:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePre-cut 1×4 western red cedar roof battens\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e26 gauge drip caps\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e26 gauge galvalume roof panels\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e26 gauge ridge caps\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll necessary roofing hardware\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eAssembly:\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBasic assembly is required and takes one to two days with a helper, depending on your skill level. All hardware is included and includes illustrated step-by-step instructions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis cedar garden shed naturally weathers to a light grey color. We recommend staining or painting the shed. Western red cedar wood accepts a wide range of finishes to help you customize the appearance of shed. Unlike pressure treated lumber, there are no toxic chemical preservatives used in its manufacturing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eShipping \u0026amp; Delivery:\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlease Note:\u003c\/strong\u003e The 8' x 4' SpaceSaver Storage Shed ships on a pallet via standard motor freight. The freight carrier will call in advance to schedule delivery. You may need two people present to unload freight from the delivering freight carrier vehicle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"gmail_default\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"text-decoration: underline;\"\u003e\u003cem\u003eDue to its large size, this item is not eligible to be returned or canceled once it has shipped. If you have any questions, please reach out before your purchase.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Outdoor Living Today","offers":[{"title":"Metal Roof","offer_id":44552327168045,"sku":"KIT-SS84-D-METAL-AK","price":3609.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Cedar Shingle Roof","offer_id":66885137956909,"sku":"KIT-SS84-D-CEDAR-AK","price":3789.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0670\/4542\/5197\/files\/8-x-4-spacesaver-storage-shed-double-doorskit-ss84-d-metal-ak-6643815.jpg?v=1782488506"},{"product_id":"8-x-4-gardensaver-storage-shed-single-door","title":"8' x 4' GardenSaver Storage Shed - Single Door","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan class=\"s1\"\u003eMade from durable, rot-resistant Western red cedar, this lean-to garden shed is a charming and functional outbuilding that looks great next to a house or standing alone in your backyard or garden.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"p1\"\u003eMeasuring 8' long by 4' deep, and 8 feet tall at the front of the shed, it has plenty of storage space for tools, gardening supplies, sporting equipment and more.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca class=\"read-more-link\"\u003eRead more\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFeaturing a high front roof that slopes to the rear, this 8' x 4' single door storage shed is constructed from Western red cedar for long-lasting strength. The 8 x 4 storage shed will help keep your tools, supplies and other items organized, out of the way, and protected from the elements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe GardenSaver shed has a 31.5\" wide single door on one side and a window on the other. The window is functional, not just decorative, with a lock and a screen for ventilation. A flower box attaches below the window, giving the shed extra charm!\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"p1\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"s1\"\u003eWith an interior wall height of 86\" at the front and 79\" at the rear, there is enough headroom to walk right in and plenty of space to store your supplies.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis 8 x 4 garden shed ships unstained and accepts a wide range of finishes and paints to help you create a personalized look.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFeatures \u0026amp; Benefits:\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWestern red cedar construction for strength and durability\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChoose between cedar shingle roof and metal roof option\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 ft. x 4 ft. cedar floor joists and floor runners included for the floor frame\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5\/8 inch thick plywood floor pieces pre-cut for your convenience\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSingle door measures 31.5\" wide x 72\" tall\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eO\u003cspan class=\"s4\"\u003ene functional, screened aluminum window (18\" W x 23\" H) with a lock\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIncludes a flower box that fits beneath the window\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePanelized assembly pieces – no time-consuming cutting required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eComplete hardware kit includes screws, nails, hinges, handles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIncludes step-by-step detailed assembly manual\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMade in Canada\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eRoof Options:\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe cedar roof option \u003cspan\u003eradiates timeless charm while also delivering outstanding \u003c\/span\u003equality. When choosing this option, it will include:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCedar shingle panels pre-attached to ½” plywood sheathing, with roofing paper for water protection\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProprietary seam filler shingles for a seamless roof\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWestern Red cedar roof ridge caps\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll necessary roofing hardware\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe metal roof option is a modern choice that goes beyond just aesthetics – it serves as a robust shield, ensuring long-lasting protection for your property against the elements. When choosing this option, it will include:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePre-cut 1×4 western red cedar roof battens\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e26 gauge drip caps\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e26 gauge galvalume roof panels\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e26 gauge ridge caps\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll necessary roofing hardware\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eAssembly:\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBasic assembly of this 8 x 4 garden shed is required and takes one to two days with a helper, depending on your skill level. All hardware is included and includes illustrated step-by-step instructions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis cedar garden shed naturally weathers to a light grey color. We recommend staining or painting the shed. Western red cedar wood accepts a wide range of finishes to help you customize the appearance of shed. Unlike pressure treated lumber, there are no toxic chemical preservatives used in its manufacturing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eShipping \u0026amp; Delivery:\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlease Note:\u003c\/strong\u003e The 8' x 4' GardenSaver Storage Shed ships on a pallet via standard motor freight. The freight carrier will call in advance to schedule delivery. You may need two people present to unload freight from the delivering freight carrier vehicle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"gmail_default\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"text-decoration: underline;\"\u003e\u003cem\u003eDue to its large size, this item is not eligible to be returned or canceled once it has shipped. If you have any questions, please reach out before your purchase.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Outdoor Living Today","offers":[{"title":"Cedar Shingle Roof","offer_id":44552328708141,"sku":"KIT-GS84-S-CEDAR-AK","price":3629.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Metal Roof","offer_id":66885137891373,"sku":"KIT-GS84-S-METAL-AK","price":3459.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0670\/4542\/5197\/files\/8-x-4-gardensaver-storage-shed-single-doorkit-gs84-s-cedar-ak-7350937.jpg?v=1782488505"},{"product_id":"8-x-4-gardensaver-storage-shed-double-doors","title":"8' x 4' GardenSaver Storage Shed - Double Doors","description":"\u003cp\u003eMade from durable, rot-resistant Western red cedar, this lean-to garden shed provides a solution for extra storage space and looks great next to a house or standing alone in your backyard or garden.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"p1\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"s1\"\u003eMeasuring 8' long by 4' deep, and 8 feet tall at the front of the shed, with double doors for easy access, it has plenty of storage space for tools, gardening supplies, sporting equipment and more.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca class=\"read-more-link\"\u003eRead more\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFeaturing a high front roof that slopes to the rear, this 8' x 4' backyard shed is constructed from Western red cedar for long-lasting strength. It will help keep your tools, supplies and other items organized, out of the way, and protected from the elements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe shed has a 62\" wide x 72\" high double door opening, making it easy to access the large interior storage space, and move any large outdoor tools in and out of the shed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWith an interior wall height of 86\" at the front and 79\" at the rear, there is enough head room to walk right in and plenty of space to store your supplies.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis shed ships unstained and accepts a wide range of finishes and paints to help you create a personalized look.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFeatures \u0026amp; Benefits:\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWestern red cedar construction for strength and durability\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChoose between a cedar shingle or metal roof option\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 ft. x 4 ft. cedar floor joists and floor runners included for the floor frame\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5\/8 inch thick plywood floor pieces pre-cut for your convenience\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDouble doors (62\" wide x 72\" tall) provide easy access to your stored items\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePanelized assembly pieces – no time-consuming cutting required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eComplete hardware kit includes screws, nails, hinges, handles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIncludes step-by-step detailed assembly manual\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMade in Canada\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eRoof Options:\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe cedar roof option \u003cspan\u003eradiates timeless charm while also delivering outstanding \u003c\/span\u003equality. When choosing this option, it will include:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCedar shingle panels pre-attached to ½” plywood sheathing, with roofing paper for water protection\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProprietary seam filler shingles for a seamless roof\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWestern Red cedar roof ridge caps\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll necessary roofing hardware\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe metal roof option is a modern choice that goes beyond just aesthetics – it serves as a robust shield, ensuring long-lasting protection for your property against the elements. When choosing this option, it will include:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePre-cut 1×4 western red cedar roof battens\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e26 gauge drip caps\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e26 gauge galvalume roof panels\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e26 gauge ridge caps\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll necessary roofing hardware\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eAssembly:\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBasic assembly is required and takes one to two days with a helper, depending on your skill level. All hardware is included and includes illustrated step-by-step instructions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis cedar garden shed naturally weathers to a light grey color. We recommend staining or painting the shed. Western red cedar wood accepts a wide range of finishes to help you customize the appearance of shed. Unlike pressure treated lumber, there are no toxic chemical preservatives used in its manufacturing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eShipping \u0026amp; Delivery:\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlease Note:\u003c\/strong\u003e The 8' x 4' GardenSaver Storage Shed ships on a pallet via standard motor freight. The freight carrier will call in advance to schedule delivery. You may need two people present to unload freight from the delivering freight carrier vehicle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"gmail_default\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"text-decoration: underline;\"\u003e\u003cem\u003eDue to its large size, this item is not eligible to be returned or canceled once it has shipped. If you have any questions, please reach out before your purchase.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Outdoor Living Today","offers":[{"title":"Metal Roof","offer_id":44552328806445,"sku":"KIT-GS84-D-METAL-AK","price":3609.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Cedar Shingle Roof","offer_id":66885137858605,"sku":"KIT-GS84-D-CEDAR-AK","price":3789.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0670\/4542\/5197\/files\/8-x-4-gardensaver-storage-shed-double-doorskit-gs84-d-metal-ak-3194991.png?v=1782491050"},{"product_id":"8-x-8-sunshed-garden-shed","title":"8' x 8' SunShed Garden Shed","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe SunShed is a backyard greenhouse, potting shed, hobby house or storage shed - depending on how you want to use it! The windows and greenhouse roof let plenty of sunshine in for a light-filled garden getaway.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"p1\"\u003eMeasuring 8 feet by 8 feet, the shed has space to store tools and gardening supplies, and a workbench to hold your plants or work on other backyard projects.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"p1\"\u003eThis shed ships unstained and accepts a wide range of finishes and paints to help you create a personalized look.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca class=\"read-more-link\"\u003eRead more\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMade from durable, rot-resistant cedar, this 8' x 8' SunShed is like a potting shed crossed with a greenhouse! One side of the roof has a 6mm thick twin-wall translucent polycarbonate panel that allows filtered light to pour in - great for your vegetable or flower seedlings and other plants.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWith plenty of natural light, you can also transform it into a hobby house, artist studio or use it as a simple storage solution. No matter what you choose, we’re sure you will love this unique, attractive and extremely functional garden shed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe SunShed garden shed 8x8 has an 84\" high wall on one side and large storage capacity of 384 cubic feet. Six functional aluminum windows with screens and locks allow for great ventilation, while keeping out bugs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSince the shed is panelized, the walls, windows, door, and roof can be orientated in two different configurations to best suit your location.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFeatures \u0026amp; Benefits:\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWestern red cedar construction for strength and durability\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChoose between a cedar shingle roof and a metal roof\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFloor included: 2 ft. x 4 ft. cedar joists and floor runners included for the floor frame\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5\/8 inch thick plywood floor pieces pre-cut for your convenience\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"li1\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"s2\"\u003e6mm thick twin wall polycarbonate translucent roof panels allow filtered light in (R-value 1.53)\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDutch door (31\" wide): bottom half can remain closed while top half opens like a window\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"li1\"\u003eSix functional, screened aluminum windows: 4 small (14\"W x 21\"H) and 2 large (18.25\"W x 22.5\" H)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"li1\"\u003eIncludes four flower boxes that attach beneath the windows\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"li1\"\u003e16\" deep L-shaped full-wall cedar workbench \u003cspan\u003e- a convenient place to work and store your supplies\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePanelized assembly pieces – no time-consuming cutting required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eComplete hardware kit includes screws, nails, hinges, handles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIncludes step-by-step detailed assembly manual\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMade in Canada\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eRoof Options:\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe cedar roof option \u003cspan\u003eradiates timeless charm while also delivering outstanding \u003c\/span\u003equality. When choosing this option, it will include:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCedar shingle panels pre-attached to ½” plywood sheathing, with roofing paper for water protection\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProprietary seam filler shingles for a seamless roof\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWestern red cedar roof ridge caps\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll necessary roofing hardware\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe metal roof option is a modern choice that goes beyond just aesthetics – it serves as a robust shield, ensuring long-lasting protection for your property against the elements. When choosing this option, it will include:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePre-cut 1×4 western red cedar roof battens\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e26 gauge drip caps\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e26 gauge galvalume roof panels\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e26 gauge ridge caps\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll necessary roofing hardware\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eAssembly:\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAssembly of this SunShed garden shed is required and takes two to three days with a helper, depending on your skill level. All hardware is included and includes illustrated step-by-step instructions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis SunShed 8 ft x 8 ft western red cedar garden shed naturally weathers to a light grey color. We recommend staining or painting the shed. Western red cedar wood accepts a wide range of finishes to help you customize the appearance of shed. Unlike pressure treated lumber, there are no toxic chemical preservatives used in its manufacturing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eShipping \u0026amp; Delivery:\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlease Note:\u003c\/strong\u003e The 8' x 8' SunShed Garden Shed ships on a pallet via standard motor freight. The freight carrier will call in advance to schedule a delivery date. On the morning of the delivery, we recommend calling the carrier to confirm your shipment is on schedule. Carriers typically deliver between 9am-5pm. Make sure you are present or have someone available to receive the shipment. At the time of delivery, \u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"text-decoration-line: underline;\"\u003edo not sign\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e until you have inspected the freight for any damage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLiftgate Delivery: \u003c\/strong\u003eThis means that the driver will take your skid to the back of the truck, place it on the liftgate, lower it to the ground and place it next to the truck. \u003cem\u003e(A liftgate is required due to the large nature of this product; however, if you have a forklift at the delivery location, please call us before ordering and we will deduct the liftgate fee).\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOnce lift-gated down, take a moment to cut the straps and pull off the plastic tarp. Check for any corner damages, wood chips, sharp cuts\/gouges to the product, or if the pallet is broken.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAfter checking the shipment, we recommend keeping the plastic shipping tarp to cover and protect the cedar components until you are ready to start your project. When finished, repurpose it!\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"text-decoration-line: underline;\"\u003e\u003cem\u003eDue to its large size, this item is not eligible to be returned or canceled once it has shipped. If you have any questions, please reach out before your purchase.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Outdoor Living Today","offers":[{"title":"Cedar Shingle Roof","offer_id":44552328970285,"sku":"KIT-SSGS88-CEDAR-AK","price":6379.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Metal Roof","offer_id":66885137793069,"sku":"KIT-SSGS88-METAL-AK","price":6159.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0670\/4542\/5197\/files\/8-x-8-sunshed-garden-shedkit-ssgs88-cedar-ak-2478606.jpg?v=1782491054"},{"product_id":"handcrafted-seed-vault-divided-wooden-box-for-seed-storage","title":"Handcrafted Seed Vault - Divided Wooden Box for Seed Storage","description":"\u003cp\u003eOur seed vaults are handmade in Vermont using a mixture of pine and reclaimed wood. With a beautifully engraved lid, these boxes provide an organized space for your future gardens.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003ePlease note, the small box holds between 100-150 seed packs while the larger box holds 150-250. \u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-read-link=\"\"\u003e\u003ca class=\"read-more-link\" data-scroll=\"#full-description\"\u003eRead more\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThis rustic wooden seed box is designed with beauty and function in mind. With divided sections, it's perfect for getting an unruly seed collection under control and organized for the season to come. \u003c\/span\u003eThe seed vaults are made in Vermont with northern white pine and reclaimed wood. The top of the lid is painted in a distressed white finish and engraved with a garden themed design.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003esmall\u003c\/strong\u003e box is divided into two sections and will hold up to 150 seed packs. Choose from a strawberry or echinacea flower engraving for the lid. It measures 9.25\" long x 7\" wide x 6.5\" tall.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003elarge\u003c\/strong\u003e box is divided into three sections and will hold up to 250 seed packs. Choose from a carrot or beet design for the lid of the box. It measures 13.5\" long x 7\" wide x 6.5\" tall.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFeatures \u0026amp; Benefits:\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHandcrafted with northern white pine and reclaimed wood\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBoxes are sanded and finished in a rich, medium-brown, \"\u003cspan\u003eEnglish Chestnut\"\u003c\/span\u003e stain\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eGarden themed engravings decorate the lid\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSmall box has two divided sections and holds up to 150 seed packs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLarge box has three divided sections and holds up to 250 seed packs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInternal sections measure \u003cspan\u003e5.5\" L x 3.5\" W x 4\" H (lid adds another 1\" in height to sections)\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHandmade in Vermont\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhen estimating the number of seed packages each box can store, we're calculating each pack to be 3.5\" wide x 4.75\" tall.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Independent Box Works","offers":[{"title":"Sunflower \/ Small","offer_id":67526109921325,"sku":"SU41","price":89.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Sunflower \/ Large","offer_id":67526109954093,"sku":"MS61","price":121.45,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Strawberry \/ Small","offer_id":44552367538221,"sku":"SS21","price":89.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Echinacea Flower \/ Small","offer_id":66885051973677,"sku":"SF11","price":89.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Tomato \/ Small","offer_id":67526109855789,"sku":"ST51","price":89.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Beet \/ Large","offer_id":67526109724717,"sku":"MB11","price":121.45,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Peppers \/ Large","offer_id":67526109823021,"sku":"MP51","price":121.45,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Carrot \/ Large","offer_id":68099547005164,"sku":"MC21","price":121.45,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0670\/4542\/5197\/files\/handcrafted-seed-vault-divided-wooden-box-for-seed-storagemb11-4413699.jpg?v=1782488405"},{"product_id":"bedd-steel-patio-planter-boxes-square-planters","title":"Bedd Steel Patio Planter Boxes - 2' Square Planters","description":"\u003cp\u003eDesigned and made in Norway, Bedd planter boxes are easy to build and beautiful in any outdoor space.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese \u003cspan\u003e24\" W x 24\"L planters\u003c\/span\u003e are perfect on a patio, balcony, deck or terrace.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLarger Bedd Planters can be purchased \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/eartheasy.com\/products\/bedd-steel-patio-planter-boxes-rectangular-planters\"\u003ehere\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-read-link=\"\"\u003e\u003ca data-scroll=\"#full-description\" class=\"read-more-link\"\u003eRead more\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBedd's beautiful galvanized steel planters bring a modern and sleek look to your outdoor space. Designed and made in Norway, they offer a unique system for building durable planters, as well as modern solutions for creating screened and sheltered areas on a patio or terrace. They can be placed directly on a flat surface, or you can choose to add legs and wheels.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"ltr\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBedd planter boxes are made from 1mm bent steel that is hot-dip galvanized to protect the panels against rust (Aluzinc treatment). They are further protected with a UV-resistant powder coating, ensuring a surface that remains attractive for many decades\u003c\/span\u003e. \u003cspan\u003eThe hardware to assemble your planter is made of robust and weather-resistant nylon, providing a high load capacity and durability, while being very easy to install.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFeatures \u0026amp; Benefits:\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGrow your own fresh flowers, herbs and vegetables in any space\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlanters are \u003cspan\u003e24\" W x 24\"L\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePerfect for a patio, deck, rooftop, porch or courtyard\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEasy to assemble\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDurable, 1mm galvanized steel with a UV-resistant powder coating for extra protection\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned and made in Norway\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll panels come with a 10-year guarantee against rust\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSet Up \u0026amp; Assembly:\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAssembling the Bedd planter boxes is easy, and only requires one person. Secure the walls and bottom plate together with easy to use nylon wing-nuts. If you’re purchasing multiple boxes to create a privacy wall, they can be tied together during assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe bottom plates for these planters have several\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e holes that provide drainage for your planter, but it is important to choose potting soil that promotes good drainage. We do not recommend choosing heavier mixes like garden soil. \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eAbout “Bedd” Planters:\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBedd planters come from a Norwegian company that develops and supplies planters and raised beds for gardens, terraces and outdoor spaces. The founders of Bedd developed this modular system where different panels can be easily combined and joined to form a whole range of variations of solid and functional planters. Coined “LEGO for the garden”, Eartheasy is excited to carry this line of planters.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Bedd","offers":[{"title":"Black \/ 10\"","offer_id":44552373993517,"sku":"60x60x25-B","price":103.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black \/ 16\"","offer_id":66885051416621,"sku":"60x60x40-B","price":115.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"Rust \/ 10\"","offer_id":66885051449389,"sku":"60x60x25-R","price":103.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Rust \/ 16\"","offer_id":66885051482157,"sku":"60x60x40-R","price":81.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0670\/4542\/5197\/files\/bedd-steel-patio-planter-boxes-2-square-planters60x60x25-b-1519718.jpg?v=1782488405"},{"product_id":"natural-cedar-a-frame-trellises","title":"Natural Cedar A-Frame Trellises","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"background-color: #ffff99;\"\u003eMade in The USA\u003c\/span\u003e - Available exclusively at Eartheasy\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTransform your vegetable patch into a lush oasis with these attractive A-frame trellises! Made in the USA from durable cedar, A-frame trellises provide sturdy support for vining vegetables such as cucumbers, beans and peas, allowing plants to grow vertically, saving space and maximizing yields.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-read-link=\"\"\u003e\u003ca class=\"read-more-link\" data-scroll=\"#full-description\"\u003eRead more\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBuilt to last season after season, these solid cedar trellises are sturdy enough to support cucumbers, squash, and other vining vegetables. As plants naturally climb and spread, an A-frame trellis offers a strong frame for plants to latch onto while growing upwards. The vertical and horizontal cross pieces are 1\" thick with rounded edges to support heavier plants without damaging or constricting the stems.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA-frame garden trellises can be installed on top of a \u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/eartheasy.com\/products\/natural-cedar-raised-garden-beds\"\u003eraised garden bed\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e or directly on the ground.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat You Can Grow On It\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis wood trellis for climbing plants is built for heavy croppers, not just lightweight vines.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCucumbers\u003c\/strong\u003e - helps keep fruit off the soil and encourages straighter growth.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePole beans and peas\u003c\/strong\u003e - the 4.75-inch grid gives tendrils something to grab at every height.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSquash and gourds\u003c\/strong\u003e - the 1-inch thick crosspieces carry the weight without cutting into stems.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMelons\u003c\/strong\u003e - use the X-Large size and support heavy fruit with a sling.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTomatoes\u003c\/strong\u003e - train indeterminate varieties up one side.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSweet peas and other flowering climbers\u003c\/strong\u003e - natural cedar looks better bare than metal does.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cb id=\"docs-internal-guid-7a2644b7-7fff-62e5-9f56-81e17e204bd7\"\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFeatures \u0026amp; Benefits:\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSturdy A-frame design:\u003c\/strong\u003e Provides robust support for climbing vegetables to grow vertically, including heavier vegetables such as cucumbers, squash and gourds.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSolid cedar construction:\u003c\/strong\u003e Unique tongue and groove assembly is strong and lightweight, superior to other wood trellises. Dadoed crosspieces fit together to form a tight grid that we have found to be stronger than traditional lattice.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEnhances garden design:\u003c\/strong\u003e A-frame trellises create a visually appealing focal point in your garden, showcasing the vertical growth of plants.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eImproved airflow \u0026amp; plant health:\u003c\/strong\u003e Elevating plants off the ground promotes better air circulation, reducing the risk of disease and minimizing contact with pests and soil-borne diseases, for healthier plants and harvests.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlexibility and portability: \u003c\/strong\u003e A-frame trellises are versatile and easy to move or reposition as needed, providing flexibility in garden design and planting.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMade in the USA\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy Cedar Instead of Metal \u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMany A-frame trellises on the market are made of thin coated steel or plastic mesh. They cost less because they use less material and are designed for lighter-duty applications\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThickness. Solid cedar 1-inch thick with rounded edges, so heavy fruit does not cut into stems.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGrid. A dadoed cedar grid at 4.75-inch squares - stronger than traditional lattice.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLifespan. Cedar resists rot and insects naturally, season after season.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLooks. Cedar weathers to a silver-grey patina, can be painted, stained, or treated with Eco Wood Treatment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMade in the USA, sold only through Eartheasy.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf you need to hold up a few peas for one season, a cheap metal frame will do. If you are growing squash and cucumbers and want the same trellis standing in years to come, this is what that costs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSize Options:\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"ltr\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eChoose from four sizes. Each cedar A-frame trellis has two panels. Dimensions below are the width and height of each side.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan id=\"docs-internal-guid-b428890e-7fff-c97f-b2eb-431775370842\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSmall\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e:\u003c\/strong\u003e 30\" W x 42\" H\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan id=\"docs-internal-guid-b428890e-7fff-c97f-b2eb-431775370842\"\u003eMedium\u003c\/span\u003e:\u003c\/strong\u003e 42\" W x 48\" H\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan id=\"docs-internal-guid-b428890e-7fff-c97f-b2eb-431775370842\"\u003eLarge\u003c\/span\u003e:\u003c\/strong\u003e 42\" W x 60\" H\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eX-Large:\u003c\/strong\u003e 60\" W x 60\" H\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhen ordering an A-frame garden trellis for one of our \u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/eartheasy.com\/products\/natural-cedar-raised-garden-beds\"\u003eNatural Cedar Raised Garden Beds\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e, we recommend the small or medium trellis for a 3 ft. wide bed. The medium and large trellises fit perfectly on 4 ft. wide beds. And the X-Large trellis sits directly on the ground, providing a sturdy, freestanding structure ideal for supporting climbing plants and spreading vines.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eAssembly:\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"ltr\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eAssembly is straightforward and requires only a power drill. Trellis kits come with detailed instructions, hardware and wood glue. \u003c\/span\u003eAssembly involves arranging the vertical and horizontal cross pieces on a flat surface, then gluing the notches and applying pressure to form a grid. Once the cross pieces are in place, the frame can be attached with included screws, again applying wood glue to the notches where the cross pieces join the frame.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"ltr\"\u003eTwo hinges are pre-attached to the top frame where the two panels meet. The hinges allow the angle of the trellis to be adjusted, or folded flat for storage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTrellises can be used on the ground inside raised beds, or For greater height and stability, set the trellis on top of your raised bed. L-brackets are included to attach the inside edges of the A-frame to the raised bed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"ltr\"\u003eThese cedar trellises can be painted or stained, or left unfinished to gray naturally. We offer \u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/eartheasy.com\/products\/eco-wood-treatment\"\u003eEco Wood Treatment\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e as one option. Eco Wood Treatment works by penetrating wood fibers to create a natural buffer against water and fungal decay. It increases wood's durability while creating an aged, silvery patina after just a few hours.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"ltr\"\u003eWe recommend letting the boards sit in a garage, shed or covered area for 3-5 days to allow the boards to acclimate to their new environment. This helps to reduce cupping, warping, and gapping\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 dir=\"ltr\"\u003e\n\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it need to be buried in the ground?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. This trellis is not driven into the soil. It stands on its own in an A-frame configuration and can sit on the ground, inside a raised bed, or on top of the bed frame for extra height. L-brackets are included to fasten the inside edges to the bed for better height and stability.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhich size should I choose for my raised bed?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMatch the trellis to the bed it will sit on: Small or Medium suits a 3-foot-wide bed, Medium or Large a 4-foot bed. The X-Large is meant for open ground rather than a raised bed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat tools do I need to assemble it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOnly a power drill. Everything else - the glue, the screws, the hardware and the instructions - is already in the box.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan it be folded away for winter?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The two panels swing together on the hinged top, so at the end of the season the trellis stores flat against a garage wall - during the growing season, those same hinges allow you to adjust the width and angle of the A-frame\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it cheaper to build my own trellis?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn materials, usually yes. What you pay for here is milled cedar with 1 inch thick crosspieces, a grid with joints cut into the wood, pre-attached hinges so it folds flat for storage, and a kit that goes together with just a power drill - glue, hardware and instructions included.\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Naturalyards","offers":[{"title":"Small (30\" x 42\")","offer_id":44552377729069,"sku":"TAR-3042","price":157.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Medium (42\" x 48\")","offer_id":66885133041709,"sku":"TAR-4248","price":229.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Large (42\" x 60\")","offer_id":66885133074477,"sku":"TAR-4260","price":308.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"X-Large (60\" x 60\")","offer_id":66885133107245,"sku":"TAR-6060","price":410.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0670\/4542\/5197\/files\/natural-cedar-a-frame-trellisestar-3042-5753266.jpg?v=1782489148"},{"product_id":"natural-cedar-planter-box-with-l-trellis","title":"Natural Cedar Planter Box with L-Trellis","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"background-color: #ffff99;\"\u003eMade in The USA\u003c\/span\u003e - Available exclusively at Eartheasy\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEnjoy lush flowering vines right on your patio! Our new raised planter with trellis combine the functionality of a garden planter with the support of a trellis for climbing plants. Perfect for clematis, jasmine and more, these trellises also make an attractive natural privacy screen.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-read-link=\"\"\u003e\u003ca class=\"read-more-link\" data-scroll=\"#full-description\"\u003eRead more\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIntroducing our new trellis planters - the latest addition to our popular line of cedar \u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/eartheasy.com\/products\/natural-cedar-raised-garden-beds\"\u003egarden beds\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e and \u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/eartheasy.com\/products\/natural-cedar-planter-boxes\"\u003eplanters\u003c\/a\u003e \u003c\/strong\u003e- made in the USA from durable, naturally rot-resistant cedar.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe L-shaped trellis and square planter is great for placing nearby entrances or on the corner of a patio or deck to enclose the space. The trellis structure and climbing plants provide an attractive focal point or backdrop, enhancing your outdoor area. Choose your planter size - either 20\" x 20\" or 26\" x 26\" - to suit your space and needs, along with the overall planter depth and trellis height.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFeatures \u0026amp; Benefits:\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSolid cedar construction:\u003c\/strong\u003e Unique tongue and groove assembly is strong and lightweight, superior to other wood trellises. Dadoed crosspieces fit together to form a tight grid, we have found stronger than traditional lattices.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePrivacy screen:\u003c\/strong\u003e Trellis creates a natural screen, combined with leafy vines, to provide privacy and enclose your outdoor space.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrow flowering vines: \u003c\/strong\u003e This sturdy trellis provides reliable support for heavy flowering vines, from delicate clematis to fragrant jasmine, which you can enjoy around outdoor seating areas.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eElevated design \u0026amp; accessibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e The raised planter box and trellis brings plants to a comfortable working height, reducing excessive bending or kneeling, making gardening more comfortable.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMade in the USA\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe L-shaped planter box with trellis stands on 3 1\/2-inch legs, so the bottom is lifted off the ground. This protects your deck or patio while making it easy to clean under the planter. As you can see in the photos, there is a bottom beam along the length of the planter, and no beam on either end, so there is a 5 1\/2-inch space between the ground and planter on the ends.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe cedar planter box with trellis is high enough to reach without bending or kneeling from a seated position. The garden is easy to access while sitting positioned sideways next to the planter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDurable Cedar\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlanters and trellises are made from kiln-dried cedar. It is a fragrant wood with strong natural oils to protect against moisture and fungal decay. Cedar can be painted or stained, or left unfinished to gray naturally.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe offer \u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/eartheasy.com\/products\/eco-wood-treatment\"\u003eEco Wood Treatment\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e as one option for a sealant. Eco Wood Treatment works by penetrating wood fibers to create a natural buffer against water and fungal decay. It increases wood's durability while creating an aged, silvery patina after just a few hours.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSet Up \u0026amp; Assembly\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese raised garden planters with trellis can be set up on any hard surface that is flat and level, such as a patio, courtyard or balcony. For the planter portion, simply stack the boards and insert the stainless steel corner pins. Then attach the trim and planter bottom with included screws. A power screwdriver is recommended. Detailed assembly instructions and all necessary hardware are included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor the trellis portion, assembly involves arranging the vertical and horizontal trellis cross pieces on a flat surface, then gluing the notches and applying pressure to form a grid. Once the cross pieces are in place, the frame can be attached with included screws, again applying wood glue to the notches where the cross pieces join the frame. The final steps involve attaching the trellis panels to the planter box.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe recommend letting the boards sit in a garage, shed or covered area for 3-5 days to allow the boards to acclimatize to their new environment. This helps to prevent any cupping, warping, and gapping.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAdding a layer of gravel to the bottom of the planter isn't necessary, as the slatted bottom provides good drainage. Optionally, line with landscape fabric to prevent fine soil from washing out.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Naturalyards","offers":[{"title":"20\" x 20\" \/ 22\" \/ 42\"","offer_id":44552378155053,"sku":"PLR-200202242","price":371.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"20\" x 20\" \/ 22\" \/ 48\"","offer_id":66885132681261,"sku":"PLR-200202248","price":387.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"20\" x 20\" \/ 28\" \/ 42\"","offer_id":66885132714029,"sku":"PLR-200202842","price":426.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"20\" x 20\" \/ 28\" \/ 48\"","offer_id":66885132746797,"sku":"PLR-200202848","price":434.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"26\" x 26\" \/ 22\" \/ 42\"","offer_id":66885132779565,"sku":"PLR-260262242","price":450.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"26\" x 26\" \/ 22\" \/ 48\"","offer_id":66885132812333,"sku":"PLR-260262248","price":466.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"26\" x 26\" \/ 28\" \/ 42\"","offer_id":66885132845101,"sku":"PLR-260262842","price":513.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"26\" x 26\" \/ 28\" \/ 48\"","offer_id":66885132877869,"sku":"PLR-260262848","price":521.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0670\/4542\/5197\/files\/natural-cedar-planter-box-with-l-trellisplr-200202242-7211947.jpg?v=1782489148"},{"product_id":"natural-cedar-elevated-planter-with-u-trellis","title":"Natural Cedar Elevated Planter with U-Trellis","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"background-color: #ffff99;\"\u003eMade in The USA\u003c\/span\u003e - Available exclusively at Eartheasy\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCreate an elevated garden and enjoy flowering vines right on your patio! This planter is raised to a comfortable working height, and feat\u003cimg\u003eures a 3-sided trellis to support climbing plants. Perfect for clematis, jasmine and more, trellis planters also make an attractive natural privacy screen. Choose your planter length, width, and depth from the options above.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-read-link=\"\"\u003e\u003ca data-scroll=\"#full-description\" class=\"read-more-link\"\u003eRead more\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIntroducing our new elevated trellis planters - the latest addition to our popular line of cedar \u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/eartheasy.com\/products\/natural-cedar-raised-garden-beds\"\u003egarden beds\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e and \u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/eartheasy.com\/products\/natural-cedar-planter-boxes\"\u003eplanters\u003c\/a\u003e \u003c\/strong\u003e- made in the USA from durable, naturally rot-resistant cedar.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGrow anything from flowering vines to vegetables and herbs in this elevated planter. With a narrow footprint, these planters work well along railings or to enclose an area on a deck or patio. The trellis structure and climbing plants provide an attractive focal point or backdrop, enhancing your outdoor area.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose your planter width, length and depth to suit your space and needs. The trellis portion is 36 inches tall, and the planter and trellis together measure 70 inches tall.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFeatures \u0026amp; Benefits:\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSolid cedar construction:\u003c\/strong\u003e Unique tongue and groove assembly is strong and lightweight, superior to other wood trellises. Dadoed crosspieces fit together to form a tight grid, we have found stronger than traditional lattices.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVertical gardening: \u003c\/strong\u003e Train plants to grow vertically up the trellis, increasing your planting place in a small footprint.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePrivacy screen:\u003c\/strong\u003e Trellis creates a natural screen, combined with leafy vines, to provide privacy and enclose your outdoor space.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrow flowering vines: \u003c\/strong\u003e This sturdy trellis provides reliable support for heavy flowering vines, from delicate clematis to fragrant jasmine, which you can enjoy around outdoor seating areas.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eElevated design \u0026amp; accessibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e The elevated planter and trellis brings your garden to a comfortable working height, without having to bend or kneel.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMade in the USA\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlanters with 11 inches planting depth are popular and versatile enough to grow most vegetables, herbs and flowers. Planters 16.5 inches deep provide more soil for deep rooted plants.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAll our cedar raised garden planters are 34 inches tall, allowing you to comfortably stand and garden at waist height, or sit positioned sideways next to the planter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDurable Cedar\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlanters and trellises are made from kiln-dried cedar. It is a fragrant wood with strong natural oils to protect against moisture and fungal decay. Cedar can be painted or stained, or left unfinished to gray naturally.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe offer \u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/eartheasy.com\/products\/eco-wood-treatment\"\u003eEco Wood Treatment\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e as one option for a sealant. Eco Wood Treatment works by penetrating wood fibers to create a natural buffer against water and fungal decay. It increases wood's durability while creating an aged, silvery patina after just a few hours.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSet Up \u0026amp; Assembly\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese planters can be set up on any hard surface that is flat and level, such as a patio, courtyard or balcony. For the planter portion, simply stack the boards and insert the stainless steel corner pins. Then attach the legs, planter bottom and trim with included screws. A power screwdriver is recommended. Detailed assembly instructions and all necessary hardware are included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor the trellis portion, assembly involves arranging the vertical and horizontal cross pieces on a flat surface, then gluing the notches and applying pressure to form a grid. Once the cross pieces are in place, the frame can be attached with included screws, again applying wood glue to the notches where the cross pieces join the frame. The final steps are attaching the trellis assembly to the planter box, along with the end braces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe recommend letting the boards sit in a garage, shed or covered area for 3-5 days to allow the boards to acclimatize to their new environment. This helps to prevent any cupping, warping, and gapping.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAdding a layer of gravel to the bottom of the planter isn't necessary, as the slatted bottom provides good drainage. Optionally, line with landscape fabric to prevent fine soil from washing out.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Naturalyards","offers":[{"title":"20\" \/ 44\" \/ 11\"","offer_id":44552380252205,"sku":"SUR-20044113436","price":568.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"20\" \/ 44\" \/ 16.5\"","offer_id":66885131534381,"sku":"SUR-20044163436","price":624.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"20\" \/ 60\" \/ 11\"","offer_id":66885131567149,"sku":"SUR-20060113436","price":774.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"20\" \/ 60\" \/ 16.5\"","offer_id":66885131599917,"sku":"SUR-20060163436","price":837.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"20\" \/ 72\" \/ 11\"","offer_id":66885131632685,"sku":"SUR-20072113436","price":853.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"20\" \/ 72\" \/ 16.5\"","offer_id":66885131665453,"sku":"SUR-20072163436","price":924.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"26\" \/ 44\" \/ 11\"","offer_id":66885131698221,"sku":"SUR-26044113436","price":600.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"26\" \/ 44\" \/ 16.5\"","offer_id":66885131730989,"sku":"SUR-26044163436","price":655.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"26\" \/ 60\" \/ 11\"","offer_id":66885131763757,"sku":"SUR-26060113436","price":805.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"26\" \/ 60\" \/ 16.5\"","offer_id":66885131796525,"sku":"SUR-26060163436","price":876.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"26\" \/ 72\" \/ 11\"","offer_id":66885131829293,"sku":"SUR-26072113436","price":892.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"26\" \/ 72\" \/ 16.5\"","offer_id":66885131862061,"sku":"SUR-26072163436","price":971.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"20\" \/ 38\" \/ 11\"","offer_id":66885131894829,"sku":"SUR-20038113436","price":537.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"20\" \/ 38\" \/ 16.5\"","offer_id":66885131927597,"sku":"SUR-20038163436","price":576.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"20\" \/ 84\" \/ 11\"","offer_id":66885131960365,"sku":"SUR-20084113436","price":932.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"20\" \/ 84\" \/ 16.5\"","offer_id":66885131993133,"sku":"SUR-20084163436","price":1011.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"26\" \/ 38\" \/ 11\"","offer_id":66885132025901,"sku":"SUR-26038113436","price":560.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"26\" \/ 38\" \/ 16.5\"","offer_id":66885132058669,"sku":"SUR-26038163436","price":608.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"26\" \/ 84\" \/ 11\"","offer_id":66885132091437,"sku":"SUR-26084113436","price":971.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"26\" \/ 84\" \/ 16.5\"","offer_id":66885132124205,"sku":"SUR-26084163436","price":1066.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"20\" \/ 32\" \/ 11\"","offer_id":66885132156973,"sku":"SUR-20032113436","price":489.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"20\" \/ 32\" \/ 16.5\"","offer_id":66885132189741,"sku":"SUR-20032163436","price":537.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"20\" \/ 48\" \/ 16.5\"","offer_id":66885132222509,"sku":"SUR-20048163436","price":750.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"26\" \/ 32\" \/ 11\"","offer_id":66885132255277,"sku":"SUR-26032113436","price":513.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"26\" \/ 32\" \/ 16.5\"","offer_id":66885132288045,"sku":"SUR-26032163436","price":560.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"26\" \/ 48\" \/ 11\"","offer_id":66885132320813,"sku":"SUR-26048113436","price":726.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"26\" \/ 48\" \/ 16.5\"","offer_id":66885132353581,"sku":"SUR-26048163436","price":782.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"26\" \/ 96\" \/ 11\"","offer_id":66885132386349,"sku":"SUR-26096113436","price":1137.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"26\" \/ 96\" \/ 16.5\"","offer_id":66885132419117,"sku":"SUR-26096163436","price":1240.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"26\" \/ 120\" \/ 11\"","offer_id":66885132451885,"sku":"SUR-26120113436","price":1303.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"26\" \/ 120\" \/ 16.5\"","offer_id":66885132484653,"sku":"SUR-26120163436","price":1421.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"20\" \/ 96\" \/ 11\"","offer_id":66885132517421,"sku":"SUR-20096113436","price":1090.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"20\" \/ 96\" \/ 16.5\"","offer_id":66885132550189,"sku":"SUR-20096163436","price":1184.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"20\" \/ 120\" \/ 11\"","offer_id":66885132582957,"sku":"SUR-20120113436","price":1248.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"20\" \/ 120\" \/ 16.5\"","offer_id":66885132615725,"sku":"SUR-20120163436","price":1358.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"20\" \/ 48\" \/ 11\"","offer_id":66885132648493,"sku":"SUR-20048113436","price":695.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0670\/4542\/5197\/files\/natural-cedar-elevated-planter-with-u-trellissur-20044113436-3555983.jpg?v=1782489083"},{"product_id":"12-x-16-sunshed-garden-shed","title":"12' x 16' SunShed Garden Shed","description":"\u003cp\u003eThis 12' x 16' SunShed is the largest of our garden sheds! With ten windows along the sides of the shed and greenhouse roof panels, it makes a beautiful, light-filled garden getaway.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis large SunShed garden shed is a perfect choice if you’re looking for a \"she shed\", a hobby greenhouse, or if you’re an artist or craftsperson looking for a space with natural light for your projects. It has ample storage space for tools and gardening supplies, while looking great in any yard or garden.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis shed ships unstained and accepts a wide range of finishes and paints to help you create a personalized look.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca class=\"read-more-link\"\u003eRead more\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMade from durable, rot-resistant cedar, this 12x16 garden shed also functions as a greenhouse. One side of the roof has a 6mm thick twin-wall translucent polycarbonate panel that allows filtered light to pour in - great for your vegetable or flower seedlings and other plants.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou can also transform it into a hobby house, artist studio or your own private retreat! No matter what you choose, we’re sure you will love this unique, attractive and functional 12 x 16 storage shed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 12 x 16 SunShed garden shed has a 107 inch interior height at the peak, so there is plenty of room to breathe, and a large storage capacity of 1152 cubic feet. Ten functional aluminum windows with screens and locks offer great ventilation, while keeping the bugs out.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSince the shed is panelized, the walls, windows, door, and roof can be orientated in two different configurations to best suit your location.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFeatures \u0026amp; Benefits:\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWestern red cedar construction for strength and durability\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChoose between a cedar shingle roof and metal roof\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFloor included: 2 ft. x 4 ft. cedar joists and floor runners included for the floor frame\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5\/8 inch thick plywood floor pieces pre-cut for your convenience\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"li1\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"s2\"\u003e6mm thick twin wall polycarbonate translucent roof panels allow filtered light in (R-value 1.53)\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDutch door (31\" wide): bottom half can remain closed while top half opens like a window\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"li1\"\u003e12 functional, screened aluminum windows: 8 small (14\"W x 21\"H) and 4 large (18.25\"W x 22.5\" H)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"li1\"\u003eIncludes 8 flower boxes that attach beneath the windows\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"li1\"\u003e16\" deep L-shaped full-wall cedar workbench - a convenient place to work and store your supplies\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"li1\"\u003ePanelized assembly pieces – no time-consuming cutting required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eComplete hardware kit includes screws, nails, hinges, handles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIncludes step-by-step detailed assembly manual\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMade in Canada\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eRoof Options:\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe cedar roof option \u003cspan\u003eradiates timeless charm while also delivering outstanding \u003c\/span\u003equality. When choosing this option, it will include:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCedar shingle panels pre-attached to ½” plywood sheathing, with roofing paper for water protection\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProprietary seam filler shingles for a seamless roof\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWestern red cedar roof ridge caps\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll necessary roofing hardware\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe metal roof option is a modern choice that goes beyond just aesthetics – it serves as a robust shield, ensuring long-lasting protection for your property against the elements. When choosing this option, it will include:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePre-cut 1×4 western red cedar roof battens\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e26 gauge drip caps\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e26 gauge galvalume roof panels\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e26 gauge ridge caps\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll necessary roofing hardware\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eAssembly:\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAssembly is required and takes two to three days with a helper, depending on your skill level. All hardware is included and includes illustrated step-by-step instructions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis SunShed garden shed naturally weathers to a light grey color. We recommend staining or painting the shed. Western red cedar wood accepts a wide range of finishes to help you customize the appearance of shed. Unlike pressure treated lumber, there are no toxic chemical preservatives used in its manufacturing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eShipping \u0026amp; Delivery:\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlease Note:\u003c\/strong\u003e The 12' x 16' SunShed Garden Shed ships on two pallets via standard motor freight. The freight carrier will call in advance to schedule a delivery date. On the morning of the delivery, we recommend calling the carrier to confirm your shipment is on schedule. Carriers typically deliver between 9am-5pm. Make sure you are present or have someone available to receive the shipment. At the time of delivery, \u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"text-decoration-line: underline;\"\u003edo not sign\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e until you have inspected the freight for any damage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLiftgate Delivery: \u003c\/strong\u003eThis means that the driver will take your skid to the back of the truck, place it on the liftgate, lower it to the ground and place it next to the truck. \u003cem\u003e(A liftgate is required due to the large nature of this product; however, if you have a forklift at the delivery location, please call us before ordering and we will deduct the liftgate fee).\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOnce lift-gated down, take a moment to cut the straps and pull off the plastic tarp. Check for any corner damages, wood chips, sharp cuts\/gouges to the product, or if the pallet is broken.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAfter checking the \u003cspan id=\"docs-internal-guid-bd93a5ad-7fff-5972-4ca8-7769a90b6104\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003e12 x 16 storage shed\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e shipment, we recommend keeping the plastic shipping tarp to cover and protect the cedar components until you are ready to start your project. When finished, repurpose it!\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"text-decoration-line: underline;\"\u003e\u003cem\u003eDue to its large size, this item is not eligible to be returned or canceled once it has shipped. If you have any questions, please reach out before your purchase.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Outdoor Living Today","offers":[{"title":"Metal Roof","offer_id":44552382971949,"sku":"KIT-SSGS1216-METAL-AK","price":11509.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Cedar Shingle Roof","offer_id":66885131468845,"sku":"KIT-SSGS1216-CEDAR-AK","price":12479.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0670\/4542\/5197\/files\/12-x-16-sunshed-garden-shedkit-ssgs1216-metal-ak-2367525.jpg?v=1782488400"},{"product_id":"natural-cedar-planter-box-with-u-trellis","title":"Natural Cedar Planter Box with U-Trellis (3-Sided)","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"background-color: #ffff99;\"\u003eMade in The USA\u003c\/span\u003e - Available exclusively at Eartheasy\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCreate a vertical garden with flowering vines right on your patio! Our raised planter with trellis combines our popular cedar planter boxes with the support of a 3-sided trellis for climbing plants. Perfect for clematis, jasmine and more, these trellises also make an attractive natural privacy screen.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca class=\"read-more-link\"\u003eRead more\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIntroducing our new raised garden planter with trellis - the latest addition to our popular line of cedar \u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/eartheasy.com\/products\/natural-cedar-raised-garden-beds\"\u003egarden beds\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e and \u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/eartheasy.com\/products\/natural-cedar-planter-boxes\"\u003eplanters\u003c\/a\u003e \u003c\/strong\u003e- made in the USA from durable, naturally rot-resistant cedar.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese rectangular trellis planters work well along the perimeter of a patio or deck, or to separate two areas for privacy. The trellis structure and climbing plants provide an attractive focal point and backdrop, enhancing your outdoor space. Choose your planter length and width to suit your space and needs. \u003cspan\u003ePlanter boxes that are 22\" in height come with a standard 48\" trellis. Planter boxes that are 28\" in height come with a 42\" trellis.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003eSizes and Dimensions\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"ltr\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eTwenty-four size combinations. Choose each dimension independently:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli dir=\"ltr\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eWidth: 20 inches or 26 inches\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli dir=\"ltr\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eLength: 44, 60, 72, 84, 96 or 120 inches\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli dir=\"ltr\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBox height: 22 inches or 28 inches\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli dir=\"ltr\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eTrellis height: 48 inches on the 22 inch box, 42 inches on the 28 inch box\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli dir=\"ltr\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBoard thickness: 1 inch\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli dir=\"ltr\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eLegs: 3 1\/2 inches, lifting the base clear of your deck or patio\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e The raised base protects your deck or patio and lets you sweep underneath, and the box sits high enough to garden alongside from a seated position, without bending or kneeling.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFeatures \u0026amp; Benefits:\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSolid cedar construction:\u003c\/strong\u003e Unique tongue and groove assembly is strong and lightweight, superior to other wood trellises. Dadoed crosspieces fit together to form a tight grid, we have found stronger than traditional lattices.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePrivacy screen:\u003c\/strong\u003e Trellis creates a natural screen, combined with leafy vines, to provide privacy and enclose your outdoor space.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrow flowering vines: \u003c\/strong\u003e This sturdy trellis provides reliable support for heavy flowering vines, from delicate clematis to fragrant jasmine, which you can enjoy around outdoor seating areas.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eElevated design \u0026amp; accessibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e The raised planter box and trellis brings plants to a comfortable working height, reducing excessive bending or kneeling, making gardening more comfortable.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMade in the USA\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlanters stand on 3 1\/2-inch legs, so the bottom is lifted off the ground. This protects your deck or patio while making it easy to clean under the planter. As you can see in the photos, there is a bottom beam along the length of the planter, and no beam on either end, so there is a 5 1\/2-inch space between the ground and planter on the ends.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe planter is high enough to reach without bending or kneeling from a seated position. The garden is easy to access while sitting positioned sideways next to the planter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDurable Cedar\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlanters and trellises are made from kiln-dried cedar. It is a fragrant wood with strong natural oils to protect against moisture and fungal decay. Cedar can be painted or stained, or left unfinished to gray naturally.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe offer \u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/eartheasy.com\/products\/eco-wood-treatment\"\u003eEco Wood Treatment\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e as one option for a sealant. Eco Wood Treatment works by penetrating wood fibers to create a natural buffer against water and fungal decay. It increases wood's durability while creating an aged, silvery patina after just a few hours.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSet Up \u0026amp; Assembly\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cspan id=\"docs-internal-guid-2deac10a-7fff-05d2-cce8-2c441e807a8f\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003ecedar planter box with trellis \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/span\u003ecan be set up on any hard surface that is flat and level, such as a patio, courtyard or balcony. For the planter portion, simply stack the boards and insert stainless steel corner pins. Then attach the trim and planter bottom with included screws. A power screwdriver is recommended. Detailed assembly instructions and all necessary hardware are included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor the trellis portion, assembly involves arranging the vertical and horizontal trellis cross pieces on a flat surface, then gluing the notches and applying pressure to form a grid. Once the cross pieces are in place, the frame can be attached with included screws, again applying wood glue to the notches where the cross pieces join the frame. The final steps involve attaching the trellis panels to the planter box.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe recommend letting the boards sit in a garage, shed or covered area for 3-5 days to allow the boards to acclimatize to their new environment. This helps to prevent any cupping, warping, and gapping.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAdding a layer of gravel to the bottom of the planter isn't necessary, as the slatted bottom provides good drainage. Optionally, line with landscape fabric to prevent fine soil from washing out.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\n\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"ltr\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill this actually work as a privacy screen?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cb\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"ltr\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThat is what the three-sided design is for. The trellis wraps the back and both ends of the planter, so once climbing vines fill in you get a green screen rather than a single flat panel. Placed along the perimeter of a patio or deck, or between two areas of a yard, it encloses the space without the permanence of a fence. Choose a longer planter, up to 120 inches, for a wider screen, or set two end to end.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cb\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"ltr\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShould I choose the 22 inch box or the 28 inch box?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cb\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"ltr\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe 22 inch box comes with the taller trellis panel, 48 inches, so choose it when the screen itself is the point. The 28 inch box comes with a 42 inch trellis but a deeper box and less bending, which makes it easier to plant and tend from a seated position. Both stand on the same 3 1\/2 inch legs.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cb\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"ltr\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow tall is the whole planter with the trellis?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cb\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"ltr\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBoth versions come out the same: the 22 inch box carries a 48 inch trellis and the 28 inch box a 42 inch one, so either way it is about 70 inches from the base of the box to the top of the trellis - roughly six feet of green screen.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cb\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"ltr\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat should I plant on the trellis?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cb\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"ltr\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eHeavy flowering climbers are what it is built for - clematis for the flowers, jasmine for the scent around a seating area. The crosspieces are dadoed into a tight grid, stronger than traditional lattice, so mature vines with real weight are fine.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cb\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"ltr\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill it damage my deck? Does it drain?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cb\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"ltr\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe slatted bottom drains freely, so a gravel layer is not needed, and the 3 1\/2 inch legs lift the base clear of the surface - the planter protects your deck and you can sweep underneath it. To keep fine soil from washing out, line the bottom with landscape fabric.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cb\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"ltr\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it arrive assembled?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cb\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"ltr\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eNo - it is a flat-packed kit. The box builds up in one sitting on corner pins and screws, the trellis grid takes glue and a little patience, and then the two are joined. Plan for a power screwdriver; everything else, including instructions, comes in the box.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Naturalyards","offers":[{"title":"20\" \/ 44\" \/ 22\"","offer_id":44552394702893,"sku":"PUR-200442248","price":624.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"20\" \/ 60\" \/ 22\"","offer_id":66885130682413,"sku":"PUR-200602248","price":837.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"20\" \/ 72\" \/ 22\"","offer_id":66885130715181,"sku":"PUR-200722248","price":932.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"20\" \/ 84\" \/ 22\"","offer_id":66885130747949,"sku":"PUR-200842248","price":1026.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"26\" \/ 44\" \/ 22\"","offer_id":66885130780717,"sku":"PUR-260442248","price":655.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"26\" \/ 60\" \/ 22\"","offer_id":66885130813485,"sku":"PUR-260602248","price":876.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"26\" \/ 72\" \/ 22\"","offer_id":66885130846253,"sku":"PUR-260722248","price":971.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"26\" \/ 84\" \/ 22\"","offer_id":66885130879021,"sku":"PUR-260842248","price":1074.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"20\" \/ 44\" \/ 28\"","offer_id":66885130911789,"sku":"PUR-200442842","price":671.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"20\" \/ 60\" \/ 28\"","offer_id":66885130944557,"sku":"PUR-200602842","price":900.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"20\" \/ 72\" \/ 28\"","offer_id":66885130977325,"sku":"PUR-200722842","price":1003.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"20\" \/ 84\" \/ 28\"","offer_id":66885131010093,"sku":"PUR-200842842","price":1105.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"26\" \/ 44\" \/ 28\"","offer_id":66885131042861,"sku":"PUR-260442842","price":710.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"26\" \/ 60\" \/ 28\"","offer_id":66885131075629,"sku":"PUR-260602842","price":947.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"26\" \/ 72\" \/ 28\"","offer_id":66885131108397,"sku":"PUR-260722842","price":1050.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"26\" \/ 84\" \/ 28\"","offer_id":66885131141165,"sku":"PUR-260842842","price":1161.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"20\" \/ 96\" \/ 22\"","offer_id":66885131173933,"sku":"PUR-200962248","price":1184.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"20\" \/ 96\" \/ 28\"","offer_id":66885131206701,"sku":"PUR-200962842","price":1279.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"20\" \/ 120\" \/ 22\"","offer_id":66885131239469,"sku":"PUR-201202248","price":1374.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"20\" \/ 120\" \/ 28\"","offer_id":66885131272237,"sku":"PUR-201202842","price":1485.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"26\" \/ 96\" \/ 22\"","offer_id":66885131305005,"sku":"PUR-260962248","price":1240.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"26\" \/ 96\" \/ 28\"","offer_id":66885131337773,"sku":"PUR-260962842","price":1342.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"26\" \/ 120\" \/ 22\"","offer_id":66885131370541,"sku":"PUR-261202248","price":1437.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"26\" \/ 120\" \/ 28\"","offer_id":66885131403309,"sku":"PUR-261202842","price":1556.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0670\/4542\/5197\/files\/natural-cedar-planter-box-with-u-trellispur-200442248-3873516.jpg?v=1782488399"},{"product_id":"stainless-steel-hose-holder-dura-loop-tilt","title":"Stainless Steel Hose Holder - Dura-Loop Tilt","description":"\u003cp\u003eThis heavy-duty \u003cspan\u003ehose holder adjusts up and down to three positions, as well as pivots 60 degrees. Not just for your backyard, the stainless steel construction can\u003c\/span\u003e be used in industrial and marine applications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca class=\"read-more-link\"\u003eRead more\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Dura-Loop Tilt is large enough to accommodate up to 100' of 3\/4\" (outside diameter) hose! Made in the USA from 304 stainless steel, you will never have to worry about this hose hanger rusting, bending or breaking!\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eWith an innovative design, this wall-mounted hose holder can adjust vertically to three positions: upright, 45°, and down. Furthermore, it can\u003cspan\u003e pivot 60 degrees, right and left. The ability to pivot makes it even easier to remove the hose while standing to the side of the holder.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou can mount this hose hanger t\u003cspan\u003eo outside walls, in garages, utility rooms, and other work areas. It is an ideal solution for use in residential, commercial, and marine applications.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFeatures \u0026amp; Benefits:\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePivots 60 degrees side to side\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUpright position is best for storage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e45° position for \u003cspan\u003eeasy removal of a few loops at a time\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eDown position lets a hose\u003cspan\u003e slide off without any lifting\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMade from 304 stainless steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLarge capacity for heavy-duty hose\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHolds up to 200 lbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWill not bend, break or rust\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMade in the USA\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlease note, the mounting plate is \u003cspan\u003e7 1\/2\" high and 4.5\" wide. Mounting hardware is included.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Accu-Brand","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":44552398569517,"sku":"020A310","price":84.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0670\/4542\/5197\/files\/stainless-steel-hose-holder-dura-loop-tilt020a310-5773096.jpg?v=1782488395"},{"product_id":"natural-cedar-wall-mounted-trellises","title":"Natural Cedar Wall Mounted Trellises","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"background-color: #ffff99;\"\u003eMade in The USA\u003c\/span\u003e - Available exclusively at Eartheasy\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWall mounted wood trellises can be attached to fences or the sides of houses, to grow flowering vines, like honeysuckle, jasmine and wisteria! Made in the USA from durable cedar, these wall mounted trellises are available exclusively at Eartheasy.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-read-link=\"\"\u003e\u003ca data-scroll=\"#full-description\" class=\"read-more-link\"\u003eRead more\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBuilt to last season after season, these solid cedar garden trellises are a beautiful addition to your home, garage, fence line, shed. Mounted above a pot or planter, they are perfect to support flowers and small vining vegetables, like sweet peas, snap peas, patio variety cucumbers, cherry tomatoes, and more!\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe vertical and horizontal cross pieces are 1\" thick with rounded edges to support heavier plants without cutting into the stems. The notched dadoed crosspieces fit together to form a tight grid, which we have found to be stronger than traditional lattices. The notch itself is 0.5\" deep in the 1\" thick piece. The squares of the grid measure between 4.5\" and 5\". The width of the outer frames is \u003cspan\u003e1-5\/8\".\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFeatures \u0026amp; Benefits:\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSturdy design:\u003c\/strong\u003e Provides robust support for climbing plants to grow vertically\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSolid cedar construction:\u003c\/strong\u003e Unique tongue and groove assembly is strong and lightweight, superior to other wood trellises\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEnhances garden design:\u003c\/strong\u003e Create a visually appealing focal point along a fence or on a patio\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eImproved airflow \u0026amp; plant health:\u003c\/strong\u003e Elevating plants off the ground promotes better air circulation, reducing risk of diseases and minimizing contact with pests and soil-borne diseases, for healthier plants and harvests\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEasy Assembly: \u003c\/strong\u003e Trellises easily mount to a wall or fence, all mounting hardware included\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMade in the USA\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eAssembly:\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"ltr\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eStraightforward assembly with just a power drill. Garden wall trellis kits come with detailed instructions, hardware and wood glue. \u003c\/span\u003eAssembly involves arranging the vertical and horizontal cross pieces on a flat surface, then gluing the notches and applying pressure to form a grid. Once the cross pieces are in place, the frame can be attached with included screws, again applying wood glue to the notches where the cross pieces join the frame.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWall mounted trellises can be attached to fences, sheds, or the siding of your house or garage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"ltr\"\u003eThese cedar garden trellises can be painted or stained, or left unfinished to weather naturally. We offer \u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/eartheasy.com\/products\/eco-wood-treatment\"\u003eEco Wood Treatment\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e as one option. Eco Wood Treatment works by penetrating wood fibers to create a natural buffer against water and fungal decay. It increases wood's durability while creating an aged, silvery patina after just a few hours.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"ltr\"\u003eWe recommend letting the boards sit in a garage, shed or covered area for 3-5 days to allow the boards to acclimatize to their new environment. This helps to prevent any cupping, warping, and gapping.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Naturalyards","offers":[{"title":"18\" \/ 36\"","offer_id":44552399781933,"sku":"TWR-1836","price":63.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"18\" \/ 48\"","offer_id":66885129732141,"sku":"TWR-1848","price":71.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"18\" \/ 60\"","offer_id":66885129764909,"sku":"TWR-1860","price":126.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"18\" \/ 72\"","offer_id":66885129797677,"sku":"TWR-1872","price":142.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"24\" \/ 36\"","offer_id":66885129830445,"sku":"TWR-2436","price":71.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"24\" \/ 48\"","offer_id":66885129863213,"sku":"TWR-2448","price":78.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"24\" \/ 60\"","offer_id":66885129895981,"sku":"TWR-2460","price":142.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"24\" \/ 72\"","offer_id":66885129928749,"sku":"TWR-2472","price":157.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"30\" \/ 36\"","offer_id":66885129961517,"sku":"TWR-3036","price":78.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"30\" \/ 48\"","offer_id":66885129994285,"sku":"TWR-3048","price":94.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"30\" \/ 60\"","offer_id":66885130027053,"sku":"TWR-3060","price":150.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"30\" \/ 72\"","offer_id":66885130059821,"sku":"TWR-3072","price":165.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"36\" \/ 36\"","offer_id":66885130092589,"sku":"TWR-3636","price":86.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"36\" \/ 48\"","offer_id":66885130125357,"sku":"TWR-3648","price":110.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"36\" \/ 60\"","offer_id":66885130158125,"sku":"TWR-3660","price":165.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"36\" \/ 72\"","offer_id":66885130190893,"sku":"TWR-3672","price":189.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"42\" \/ 36\"","offer_id":66885130223661,"sku":"TWR-4236","price":94.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"42\" \/ 48\"","offer_id":66885130256429,"sku":"TWR-4248","price":118.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"42\" \/ 60\"","offer_id":66885130289197,"sku":"TWR-4260","price":181.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"42\" \/ 72\"","offer_id":66885130321965,"sku":"TWR-4272","price":205.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"48\" \/ 36\"","offer_id":66885130354733,"sku":"TWR-4836","price":102.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"48\" \/ 48\"","offer_id":66885130387501,"sku":"TWR-4848","price":126.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"48\" \/ 60\"","offer_id":66885130420269,"sku":"TWR-4860","price":205.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"48\" \/ 72\"","offer_id":66885130453037,"sku":"TWR-4872","price":229.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0670\/4542\/5197\/files\/natural-cedar-wall-mounted-trellisestwr-1836-7240078.jpg?v=1782488394"},{"product_id":"garden-pruners","title":"Garden Pruners","description":"\u003cp\u003eTackle everyday pruning with ease using these lightweight hand pruners. Designed to feel like a natural extension of your hand, they feature ergonomic, non-slip grips and sharp bypass blades that deliver clean cuts on stems and branches.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-read-link=\"\"\u003e\u003ca class=\"read-more-link\" data-scroll=\"#full-description\"\u003eRead more\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIdeal for pruning shrubs, trimming hedges, cutting flexible stems, and maintaining small branches, these durable pruners make garden maintenance more comfortable and efficient. Each pair comes with a reusable, plastic-free holster for safe, convenient storage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFeatures:\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLightweight design with ergonomic, non-slip grips\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterials: Carbon steel blades\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eErgonomic, easy-lock safety handle\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRust resistant\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Modern Sprout","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":44552404402221,"sku":"MS-GS-1004","price":17.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0670\/4542\/5197\/files\/garden-prunersms-gs-1004-4861543.jpg?v=1782488381"},{"product_id":"microlawn-low-slow-grass-seed-5-lbs","title":"MicroLawn Low \u0026 Slow Grass Seed - 5 lbs","description":"\u003cp\u003eMicroLawn Low \u0026amp; Slow Grass Seed is a mixture of fine fescues and micro clover that forms a beautiful self-sustaining lawn that stays green, crowds out weeds and requires little maintenance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-read-link=\"\"\u003e\u003ca class=\"read-more-link\" data-scroll=\"#full-description\"\u003eRead more\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIntroducing Micro Clover Slow \u0026amp; Low Grass Seed, your ultimate solution for a lush, resilient lawn that thrives with minimal maintenance. Crafted with care and innovation, this unique blend combines the durability of traditional grass with the eco-friendly benefits of micro clover, creating a verdant carpet that stays green year-round.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhat sets Micro Clover slow grow grass seed apart is its ability to grow slowly and stay low to the ground, resulting in a uniform, velvety appearance that requires less mowing. Say goodbye to the endless cycle of cutting grass every weekend and hello to more time spent enjoying your outdoor space.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBut that's not all—micro clover isn't just a pretty addition to your lawn. Its nitrogen-fixing properties naturally fertilize the soil, reducing the need for harmful chemical fertilizers. This means not only a healthier lawn for you and your family but also a more sustainable approach to lawn care.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhether you're rejuvenating an existing lawn or starting from scratch, Micro Clover slow grow grass seed is your ticket to a greener, easier-to-manage yard. Transform your outdoor space into a haven of beauty and sustainability with microlawn grass seed today!\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFeatures \u0026amp; Benefits:\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSlow grow grass seed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNever needs fertilizer after initial establishment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReduces nitrogen run-off and chemical use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCrowds out weeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNaturally stays green all year long and tolerates high traffic\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for sun and light-shade applications\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdaptable to most soil conditions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFlower heads removed with low mowing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5 lb. bag covers 1,000 square feet for new lawns\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is in MicroLawn?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMicroLawn is comprised of the following seed:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e85% Turf-Type Tall Fescue\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5 % Microclover, coated*\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e10% 4N Perennial Ryegrass\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e*Microclover is coated with a natural inoculant that ensures nitrogen fixation\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWeed Free Turf\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Microlawn grass seeds vigorous and dense growth of clover and grass together crowds out existing weeds and prevents new weeds from establishing. The unique dense growth allows for low mowing height.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRead our article \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/eartheasy.com\/blogs\/yard-garden\/how-to-grow-microclover\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cem\u003eHow to Grow Microclover\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e for more information about using microclover as a lawn alternative.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"DLF Pickseed","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":44552416329773,"sku":"UC-5","price":29.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0670\/4542\/5197\/files\/microlawn-low-slow-grass-seed-5-lbsuc-5-2720690.png?v=1782489065"},{"product_id":"natural-cedar-octagon-raised-beds","title":"Natural Cedar Octagon Raised Beds","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"background-color: #ffff99;\"\u003eMade in The USA\u003c\/span\u003e - Available exclusively at Eartheasy\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMade in the USA from kiln-dried Oregon cedar, these octagon garden raised beds comes in eye-catching shapes for growing flowers, herbs and vegetables in container gardens.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLooking for a custom raised garden bed that's not shown on our site? We can build any shape, any size. Visit our Custom Raised Garden Beds \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/eartheasy.com\/pages\/design-any-garden\" title=\"Design Any Garden\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003epage\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e to learn more.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-read-link=\"\"\u003e\u003ca class=\"read-more-link\" data-scroll=\"#full-description\"\u003eRead more\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOctagon raised beds are available in regular (all sides equal) and elongated, or boat-shaped, varieties. Octagon planters can be used alone or arranged together in honeycomb-like patterns, to create attractive and accessible garden designs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMade in the USA from Oregon grown cedar, these raised beds are sturdy and easy to assemble. Simply position boards so the ends overlap and insert metal corner pins to lock the boards together. It is easy to stack additional boards to increase the height of the garden.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFeatures \u0026amp; Benefits:\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOctagon is an eight-sided structure that adds a modern touch to any garden setting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDurable Oregon grown cedar resilient to rot and pests, ensuring longevity and minimal maintenance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuperior strength stainless steel corner pin construction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMade in the USA\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan id=\"docs-internal-guid-ea9756d3-7fff-9808-6031-0f0fd999afec\"\u003eThe raised bed side boards are made from cedar that's a full 1\" thick and 5 1\/2\" high. \u003c\/span\u003eTwo boards stacked give the raised beds a height of 11 inches. Three boards stacked make a 16.5 inch raised bed, and four boards stacked make a 22 inch raised bed. Raised beds can be stacked as high as 33 inches.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach size comes with corner pins the same height as the bed you order, so you can put the raised bed on hard ground or a patio if needed, and the tops of the pins will be flush with the top of the bed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDurable Cedar\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese raised beds are made from cedar. It is a fragrant, light-colored wood with even texture and strong natural oils to protect against moisture and fungal decay.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eTo further increase the lifespan of your raised beds, you can apply a stain or sealant. We offer \u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/eartheasy.com\/products\/eco-wood-treatment\"\u003eEco Wood Treatment\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e as one option. \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003eEco Wood Treatment works by penetrating wood fibers to create a natural buffer against water and fungal decay. It increases wood's durability while creating an aged, silvery patina after just a few hours.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eInnovative Design\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe simple design of these cedar raised garden bed kits allows wood to shrink and swell, for better strength and durability in wet and dry conditions. Hardware like screws and nails eventually loosen as wood ages. Our natural cedar raised garden beds are secured with stainless steel rods and galvanized steel crossbars for lasting durability. The result is a sturdy, long-lasting garden bed that can still be easily disassembled by hand when needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSetup \u0026amp; Assembly\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOctagon raised beds must be set up on any ground surface that is flat and level. Simply position the boards so the notched ends overlap and insert corner pins to lock the boards together. Stack additional board layers to build the height of the raised bed. The corner pins will be the same height as the bed you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAssembly is required, so a power screwdriver is recommended. Assembly instructions are included.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Naturalyards","offers":[{"title":"2.5' \/ 2.5' \/ 5.5\"","offer_id":44569223954477,"sku":"RBO-3003005-TP","price":165.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2.5' \/ 2.5' \/ 11\"","offer_id":66885126094893,"sku":"RBO-3003011-TP","price":252.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2.5' \/ 2.5' \/ 16.5\"","offer_id":66885126127661,"sku":"RBO-3003016-TP","price":331.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2.5' \/ 2.5' \/ 22\"","offer_id":66885126160429,"sku":"RBO-3003022-TP","price":418.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2.5' \/ 2.5' \/ 27.5\"","offer_id":66885126193197,"sku":"RBO-3003027-TP","price":497.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2.5' \/ 2.5' \/ 33\"","offer_id":66885126225965,"sku":"RBO-3003033-TP","price":576.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2.5' \/ 4' \/ 5.5\"","offer_id":66885126258733,"sku":"RBO-3004805-TP","price":189.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2.5' \/ 4' \/ 11\"","offer_id":66885126291501,"sku":"RBO-3004811-TP","price":284.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2.5' \/ 4' \/ 16.5\"","offer_id":66885126324269,"sku":"RBO-3004816-TP","price":387.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2.5' \/ 4' \/ 22\"","offer_id":66885126357037,"sku":"RBO-3004822-TP","price":489.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2.5' \/ 4' \/ 27.5\"","offer_id":66885126389805,"sku":"RBO-3004827-TP","price":576.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2.5' \/ 4' \/ 33\"","offer_id":66885126422573,"sku":"RBO-3004833-TP","price":679.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2.5' \/ 5' \/ 5.5\"","offer_id":66885126455341,"sku":"RBO-3006005-TP","price":205.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2.5' \/ 5' \/ 11\"","offer_id":66885126488109,"sku":"RBO-3006011-TP","price":315.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2.5' \/ 5' \/ 16.5\"","offer_id":66885126520877,"sku":"RBO-3006016-TP","price":418.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2.5' \/ 5' \/ 22\"","offer_id":66885126553645,"sku":"RBO-3006022-TP","price":529.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2.5' \/ 5' \/ 27.5\"","offer_id":66885126586413,"sku":"RBO-3006027-TP","price":631.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2.5' \/ 5' \/ 33\"","offer_id":66885126619181,"sku":"RBO-3006033-TP","price":742.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4' \/ 4' \/ 5.5\"","offer_id":66885126651949,"sku":"RBO-4804805-TP","price":197.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4' \/ 4' \/ 11\"","offer_id":66885126684717,"sku":"RBO-4804811-TP","price":300.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4' \/ 4' \/ 16.5\"","offer_id":66885126717485,"sku":"RBO-4804816-TP","price":410.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4' \/ 4' \/ 22\"","offer_id":66885126750253,"sku":"RBO-4804822-TP","price":513.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4' \/ 4' \/ 27.5\"","offer_id":66885126783021,"sku":"RBO-4804827-TP","price":608.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4' \/ 4' \/ 33\"","offer_id":66885126815789,"sku":"RBO-4804833-TP","price":710.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4' \/ 5' \/ 5.5\"","offer_id":66885126848557,"sku":"RBO-4806005-TP","price":221.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4' \/ 5' \/ 11\"","offer_id":66885126881325,"sku":"RBO-4806011-TP","price":339.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4' \/ 5' \/ 16.5\"","offer_id":66885126914093,"sku":"RBO-4806016-TP","price":458.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4' \/ 5' \/ 22\"","offer_id":66885126946861,"sku":"RBO-4806022-TP","price":576.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4' \/ 5' \/ 27.5\"","offer_id":66885126979629,"sku":"RBO-4806027-TP","price":695.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4' \/ 5' \/ 33\"","offer_id":66885127012397,"sku":"RBO-4806033-TP","price":813.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4' \/ 6' \/ 5.5\"","offer_id":66885127045165,"sku":"RBO-4807205-TP","price":236.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4' \/ 6' \/ 11\"","offer_id":66885127077933,"sku":"RBO-4807211-TP","price":363.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4' \/ 6' \/ 16.5\"","offer_id":66885127110701,"sku":"RBO-4807216-TP","price":497.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4' \/ 6' \/ 22\"","offer_id":66885127143469,"sku":"RBO-4807222-TP","price":624.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4' \/ 6' \/ 27.5\"","offer_id":66885127176237,"sku":"RBO-4807227-TP","price":750.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4' \/ 6' \/ 33\"","offer_id":66885127209005,"sku":"RBO-4807233-TP","price":884.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5' \/ 5' \/ 5.5\"","offer_id":66885127241773,"sku":"RBO-6006005-TP","price":221.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5' \/ 5' \/ 11\"","offer_id":66885127274541,"sku":"RBO-6006011-TP","price":347.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5' \/ 5' \/ 16.5\"","offer_id":66885127307309,"sku":"RBO-6006016-TP","price":473.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5' \/ 5' \/ 22\"","offer_id":66885127340077,"sku":"RBO-6006022-TP","price":592.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5' \/ 5' \/ 27.5\"","offer_id":66885127372845,"sku":"RBO-6006027-TP","price":710.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5' \/ 5' \/ 33\"","offer_id":66885127405613,"sku":"RBO-6006033-TP","price":837.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5' \/ 6' \/ 5.5\"","offer_id":66885127438381,"sku":"RBO-6007205-TP","price":236.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5' \/ 6' \/ 11\"","offer_id":66885127471149,"sku":"RBO-6007211-TP","price":371.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5' \/ 6' \/ 16.5\"","offer_id":66885127503917,"sku":"RBO-6007216-TP","price":505.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5' \/ 6' \/ 22\"","offer_id":66885127536685,"sku":"RBO-6007222-TP","price":639.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5' \/ 6' \/ 27.5\"","offer_id":66885127569453,"sku":"RBO-6007227-TP","price":774.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5' \/ 6' \/ 33\"","offer_id":66885127602221,"sku":"RBO-6007233-TP","price":900.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"6' \/ 6' \/ 5.5\"","offer_id":66885127634989,"sku":"RBO-7207205-TP","price":252.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"6' \/ 6' \/ 11\"","offer_id":66885127667757,"sku":"RBO-7207211-TP","price":402.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"6' \/ 6' \/ 16.5\"","offer_id":66885127700525,"sku":"RBO-7207216-TP","price":545.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"6' \/ 6' \/ 22\"","offer_id":66885127733293,"sku":"RBO-7207222-TP","price":695.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"6' \/ 6' \/ 27.5\"","offer_id":66885127766061,"sku":"RBO-7207227-TP","price":829.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"6' \/ 6' \/ 33\"","offer_id":66885127798829,"sku":"RBO-7207233-TP","price":979.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0670\/4542\/5197\/files\/natural-cedar-octagon-raised-bedsrbo-3003005-tp-2375248.jpg?v=1782488385"},{"product_id":"natural-cedar-hexagon-raised-beds","title":"Natural Cedar Hexagon Raised Beds","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"background-color: #ffff99;\"\u003eMade in The USA\u003c\/span\u003e - Available exclusively at Eartheasy\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTransform your gardening experience with our unique hexagonal cedar raised garden bed! The hexagonal shape offers ample planting area while creating a visually striking centerpiece for your garden or patio. Made in the USA from kiln-dried Oregon cedar, these hexagon raised garden beds comes in eye-catching shapes for growing flowers, herbs and vegetables in container gardens.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLooking for a custom raised garden bed that's not shown on our site? We can build any shape, any size. Visit our Custom Raised Garden Beds \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/eartheasy.com\/pages\/design-any-garden\" title=\"Design Any Garden\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003epage\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e to learn more.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-read-link=\"\"\u003e\u003ca class=\"read-more-link\" data-scroll=\"#full-description\"\u003eRead more\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHexagon raised beds are available in regular (all sides equal) and elongated, or boat-shaped, varieties. Discover the beauty and versatility of our uniquely shaped hexagonal cedar raised garden beds, perfect for cultivating your favorite plants while adding a touch of elegance to your outdoor haven. The crisscross design trellis offers structurally sound apparatus for climbing flowering plants or vining vegetables.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMade in the USA from Oregon grown cedar, these raised beds are sturdy and easy to assemble. Simply position boards so the ends overlap and insert metal corner pins to lock the boards together. It is easy to stack additional boards to increase the height of the garden.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFeatures \u0026amp; Benefits:\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHexagon is a six-sided structure that adds a modern touch to any garden setting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDurable Oregon grown cedar resilient to rot and pests, ensuring longevity and minimal maintenance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuperior strength stainless steel corner pin construction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMade in the USA\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTrim Pack\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBecause they make use of shorter length boards, hexagon raised beds are more affordably priced than similar size rectangle beds.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Natural Cedar Hexagon Raised Garden Bed are equipped with top rails for an attractive finish and increased stability. The trim consists of pre-drilled 3-1\/4 inch wide top rails that attach to the raised bed with included screws.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"text-decoration: underline;\"\u003ePlease note the duration of the warranty is 5 years for raised beds with installed trim packs.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDimensions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan id=\"docs-internal-guid-ea9756d3-7fff-9808-6031-0f0fd999afec\"\u003eThe raised bed side boards are made from cedar that's a full 1\" thick and 5 1\/2\" high. \u003c\/span\u003eTwo boards stacked give the raised beds a height of 11 inches. Three boards stacked make a 16.5 inch raised bed, and four boards stacked make a 22 inch raised bed. Raised beds can be stacked as high as 33 inches.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach size comes with corner pins the same height as the bed you order, so you can put the raised bed on hard ground or a patio if needed, and the tops of the pins will be flush with the top of the bed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDurable Cedar\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese raised beds are made from kiln-dried Oregon grown cedar. It is a fragrant, light-colored wood with even texture and strong natural oils to protect against moisture and fungal decay.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eTo further increase the lifespan of your raised beds, you can apply a stain or sealant. We offer \u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/eartheasy.com\/products\/eco-wood-treatment\"\u003eEco Wood Treatment\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e as one option. \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003eEco Wood Treatment works by penetrating wood fibers to create a natural buffer against water and fungal decay. It increases wood's durability while creating an aged, silvery patina after just a few hours.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eInnovative Design\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe simple design of these cedar raised garden bed kits allows wood to shrink and swell, for better strength and durability in wet and dry conditions. Hardware like screws and nails eventually loosen as wood ages. Our natural cedar raised garden beds are secured with stainless steel rods and galvanized steel crossbars for lasting durability. The result is a sturdy, long-lasting garden bed that can still be easily disassembled by hand when needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSetup \u0026amp; Assembly\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHexagon raised beds must be set up on any ground surface that is flat and level. Simply position the boards so the notched ends overlap and insert corner pins to lock the boards together. Stack additional board layers to build the height of the raised bed. The corner pins will be the same height as the bed you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTools and assembly are required. A power screwdriver is recommended. Assembly instructions are included.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Naturalyards","offers":[{"title":"2' \/ 2' \/ 5.5\"","offer_id":44573763371053,"sku":"RBH-2402405-TP","price":126.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2' \/ 2' \/ 11\"","offer_id":66885122392109,"sku":"RBH-2402411-TP","price":189.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2' \/ 2' \/ 16.5\"","offer_id":66885122424877,"sku":"RBH-2402416-TP","price":252.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2' \/ 2' \/ 22\"","offer_id":66885122457645,"sku":"RBH-2402422-TP","price":315.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2' \/ 2' \/ 27.5\"","offer_id":66885122490413,"sku":"RBH-2402427-TP","price":371.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2' \/ 2' \/ 33\"","offer_id":66885122523181,"sku":"RBH-2402433-TP","price":434.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2' \/ 3' \/ 5.5\"","offer_id":66885122555949,"sku":"RBH-2403605-TP","price":142.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2' \/ 3' \/ 11\"","offer_id":66885122588717,"sku":"RBH-2403611-TP","price":213.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2' \/ 3' \/ 16.5\"","offer_id":66885122621485,"sku":"RBH-2403616-TP","price":284.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2' \/ 3' \/ 22\"","offer_id":66885122654253,"sku":"RBH-2403622-TP","price":355.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2' \/ 3' \/ 27.5\"","offer_id":66885122687021,"sku":"RBH-2403627-TP","price":426.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2' \/ 3' \/ 33\"","offer_id":66885122719789,"sku":"RBH-2403633-TP","price":497.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2' \/ 4' \/ 5.5\"","offer_id":66885122752557,"sku":"RBH-2404805-TP","price":157.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2' \/ 4' \/ 11\"","offer_id":66885122785325,"sku":"RBH-2404811-TP","price":236.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2' \/ 4' \/ 16.5\"","offer_id":66885122818093,"sku":"RBH-2404816-TP","price":323.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2' \/ 4' \/ 22\"","offer_id":66885122850861,"sku":"RBH-2404822-TP","price":402.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2' \/ 4' \/ 27.5\"","offer_id":66885122883629,"sku":"RBH-2404827-TP","price":481.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2' \/ 4' \/ 33\"","offer_id":66885122916397,"sku":"RBH-2404833-TP","price":568.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2' \/ 4.5' \/ 5.5\"","offer_id":66885122949165,"sku":"RBH-2405405-TP","price":157.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2' \/ 4.5' \/ 11\"","offer_id":66885122981933,"sku":"RBH-2405411-TP","price":252.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2' \/ 4.5' \/ 16.5\"","offer_id":66885123014701,"sku":"RBH-2405416-TP","price":339.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2' \/ 4.5' \/ 22\"","offer_id":66885123047469,"sku":"RBH-2405422-TP","price":426.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2' \/ 4.5' \/ 27.5\"","offer_id":66885123080237,"sku":"RBH-2405427-TP","price":513.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2' \/ 4.5' \/ 33\"","offer_id":66885123113005,"sku":"RBH-2405433-TP","price":600.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2' \/ 5' \/ 5.5\"","offer_id":66885123145773,"sku":"RBH-2406005-TP","price":165.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2' \/ 5' \/ 11\"","offer_id":66885123178541,"sku":"RBH-2406011-TP","price":260.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2' \/ 5' \/ 16.5\"","offer_id":66885123211309,"sku":"RBH-2406016-TP","price":355.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2' \/ 5' \/ 22\"","offer_id":66885123244077,"sku":"RBH-2406022-TP","price":450.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2' \/ 5' \/ 27.5\"","offer_id":66885123276845,"sku":"RBH-2406027-TP","price":537.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2' \/ 5' \/ 33\"","offer_id":66885123309613,"sku":"RBH-2406033-TP","price":631.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"3' \/ 3' \/ 5.5\"","offer_id":66885123342381,"sku":"RBH-3603605-TP","price":150.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"3' \/ 3' \/ 11\"","offer_id":66885123375149,"sku":"RBH-3603611-TP","price":229.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"3' \/ 3' \/ 16.5\"","offer_id":66885123407917,"sku":"RBH-3603616-TP","price":308.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"3' \/ 3' \/ 22\"","offer_id":66885123440685,"sku":"RBH-3603622-TP","price":387.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"3' \/ 3' \/ 27.5\"","offer_id":66885123473453,"sku":"RBH-3603627-TP","price":458.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"3' \/ 3' \/ 33\"","offer_id":66885123506221,"sku":"RBH-3603633-TP","price":537.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"3' \/ 4' \/ 5.5\"","offer_id":66885123538989,"sku":"RBH-3604805-TP","price":165.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"3' \/ 4' \/ 11\"","offer_id":66885123571757,"sku":"RBH-3604811-TP","price":252.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"3' \/ 4' \/ 16.5\"","offer_id":66885123604525,"sku":"RBH-3604816-TP","price":339.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"3' \/ 4' \/ 22\"","offer_id":66885123637293,"sku":"RBH-3604822-TP","price":426.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"3' \/ 4' \/ 27.5\"","offer_id":66885123670061,"sku":"RBH-3604827-TP","price":513.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"3' \/ 4' \/ 33\"","offer_id":66885123702829,"sku":"RBH-3604833-TP","price":600.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"3' \/ 4.5' \/ 5.5\"","offer_id":66885123735597,"sku":"RBH-3605405-TP","price":173.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"3' \/ 4.5' \/ 11\"","offer_id":66885123768365,"sku":"RBH-3605411-TP","price":260.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"3' \/ 4.5' \/ 16.5\"","offer_id":66885123801133,"sku":"RBH-3605416-TP","price":355.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"3' \/ 4.5' \/ 22\"","offer_id":66885123833901,"sku":"RBH-3605422-TP","price":450.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"3' \/ 4.5' \/ 27.5\"","offer_id":66885123866669,"sku":"RBH-3605427-TP","price":537.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"3' \/ 4.5' \/ 33\"","offer_id":66885123899437,"sku":"RBH-3605433-TP","price":631.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"3' \/ 5' \/ 5.5\"","offer_id":66885123932205,"sku":"RBH-3606005-TP","price":173.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"3' \/ 5' \/ 11\"","offer_id":66885123964973,"sku":"RBH-3606011-TP","price":276.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"3' \/ 5' \/ 16.5\"","offer_id":66885123997741,"sku":"RBH-3606016-TP","price":379.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"3' \/ 5' \/ 22\"","offer_id":66885124030509,"sku":"RBH-3606022-TP","price":473.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"3' \/ 5' \/ 27.5\"","offer_id":66885124063277,"sku":"RBH-3606027-TP","price":568.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"3' \/ 5' \/ 33\"","offer_id":66885124096045,"sku":"RBH-3606033-TP","price":663.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"3.5' \/ 4' \/ 5.5\"","offer_id":66885124128813,"sku":"RBH-4204805-TP","price":165.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"3.5' \/ 4' \/ 11\"","offer_id":66885124161581,"sku":"RBH-4204811-TP","price":260.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"3.5' \/ 4' \/ 16.5\"","offer_id":66885124194349,"sku":"RBH-4204816-TP","price":355.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"3.5' \/ 4' \/ 22\"","offer_id":66885124227117,"sku":"RBH-4204822-TP","price":450.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"3.5' \/ 4' \/ 27.5\"","offer_id":66885124259885,"sku":"RBH-4204827-TP","price":537.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"3.5' \/ 4' \/ 33\"","offer_id":66885124292653,"sku":"RBH-4204833-TP","price":624.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"3.5' \/ 4.5' \/ 5.5\"","offer_id":66885124325421,"sku":"RBH-4205405-TP","price":173.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"3.5' \/ 4.5' \/ 11\"","offer_id":66885124358189,"sku":"RBH-4205411-TP","price":276.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"3.5' \/ 4.5' \/ 16.5\"","offer_id":66885124390957,"sku":"RBH-4205416-TP","price":371.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"3.5' \/ 4.5' \/ 22\"","offer_id":66885124423725,"sku":"RBH-4205422-TP","price":473.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"3.5' \/ 4.5' \/ 27.5\"","offer_id":66885124456493,"sku":"RBH-4205427-TP","price":560.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"3.5' \/ 4.5' \/ 33\"","offer_id":66885124489261,"sku":"RBH-4205433-TP","price":663.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"3.5' \/ 5' \/ 5.5\"","offer_id":66885124522029,"sku":"RBH-4206005-TP","price":181.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"3.5' \/ 5' \/ 11\"","offer_id":66885124554797,"sku":"RBH-4206011-TP","price":284.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"3.5' \/ 5' \/ 16.5\"","offer_id":66885124587565,"sku":"RBH-4206016-TP","price":387.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"3.5' \/ 5' \/ 22\"","offer_id":66885124620333,"sku":"RBH-4206022-TP","price":497.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"3.5' \/ 5' \/ 27.5\"","offer_id":66885124653101,"sku":"RBH-4206027-TP","price":592.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"3.5' \/ 5' \/ 33\"","offer_id":66885124685869,"sku":"RBH-4206033-TP","price":695.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"3.5' \/ 5.5' \/ 5.5\"","offer_id":66885124718637,"sku":"RBH-4206605-TP","price":189.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"3.5' \/ 5.5' \/ 11\"","offer_id":66885124751405,"sku":"RBH-4206611-TP","price":300.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"3.5' \/ 5.5' \/ 16.5\"","offer_id":66885124784173,"sku":"RBH-4206616-TP","price":410.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"3.5' \/ 5.5' \/ 22\"","offer_id":66885124816941,"sku":"RBH-4206622-TP","price":513.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"3.5' \/ 5.5' \/ 27.5\"","offer_id":66885124849709,"sku":"RBH-4206627-TP","price":616.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"3.5' \/ 5.5' \/ 33\"","offer_id":66885124882477,"sku":"RBH-4206633-TP","price":726.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"3.5' \/ 6' \/ 5.5\"","offer_id":66885124915245,"sku":"RBH-4207205-TP","price":197.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"3.5' \/ 6' \/ 11\"","offer_id":66885124948013,"sku":"RBH-4207211-TP","price":315.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"3.5' \/ 6' \/ 16.5\"","offer_id":66885124980781,"sku":"RBH-4207216-TP","price":426.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"3.5' \/ 6' \/ 22\"","offer_id":66885125013549,"sku":"RBH-4207222-TP","price":537.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"3.5' \/ 6' \/ 27.5\"","offer_id":66885125046317,"sku":"RBH-4207227-TP","price":647.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"3.5' \/ 6' \/ 33\"","offer_id":66885125079085,"sku":"RBH-4207233-TP","price":766.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4.5' \/ 5' \/ 5.5\"","offer_id":66885125111853,"sku":"RBH-5406005-TP","price":189.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4.5' \/ 5' \/ 11\"","offer_id":66885125144621,"sku":"RBH-5406011-TP","price":300.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4.5' \/ 5' \/ 16.5\"","offer_id":66885125177389,"sku":"RBH-5406016-TP","price":410.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4.5' \/ 5' \/ 22\"","offer_id":66885125210157,"sku":"RBH-5406022-TP","price":521.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4.5' \/ 5' \/ 27.5\"","offer_id":66885125242925,"sku":"RBH-5406027-TP","price":624.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4.5' \/ 5' \/ 33\"","offer_id":66885125275693,"sku":"RBH-5406033-TP","price":734.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4.5' \/ 5.5' \/ 5.5\"","offer_id":66885125308461,"sku":"RBH-5406605-TP","price":197.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4.5' \/ 5.5' \/ 11\"","offer_id":66885125341229,"sku":"RBH-5406611-TP","price":315.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4.5' \/ 5.5' \/ 16.5\"","offer_id":66885125373997,"sku":"RBH-5406616-TP","price":426.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4.5' \/ 5.5' \/ 22\"","offer_id":66885125406765,"sku":"RBH-5406622-TP","price":545.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4.5' \/ 5.5' \/ 27.5\"","offer_id":66885125439533,"sku":"RBH-5406627-TP","price":655.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4.5' \/ 5.5' \/ 33\"","offer_id":66885125472301,"sku":"RBH-5406633-TP","price":766.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4.5' \/ 6' \/ 5.5\"","offer_id":66885125505069,"sku":"RBH-5407205-TP","price":205.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4.5' \/ 6' \/ 11\"","offer_id":66885125537837,"sku":"RBH-5407211-TP","price":323.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4.5' \/ 6' \/ 16.5\"","offer_id":66885125570605,"sku":"RBH-5407216-TP","price":450.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4.5' \/ 6' \/ 22\"","offer_id":66885125603373,"sku":"RBH-5407222-TP","price":568.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4.5' \/ 6' \/ 27.5\"","offer_id":66885125636141,"sku":"RBH-5407227-TP","price":679.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4.5' \/ 6' \/ 33\"","offer_id":66885125668909,"sku":"RBH-5407233-TP","price":797.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4.5' \/ 6.5' \/ 5.5\"","offer_id":66885125701677,"sku":"RBH-5407805-TP","price":213.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4.5' \/ 6.5' \/ 11\"","offer_id":66885125734445,"sku":"RBH-5407811-TP","price":339.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4.5' \/ 6.5' \/ 16.5\"","offer_id":66885125767213,"sku":"RBH-5407816-TP","price":466.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4.5' \/ 6.5' \/ 22\"","offer_id":66885125799981,"sku":"RBH-5407822-TP","price":592.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4.5' \/ 6.5' \/ 27.5\"","offer_id":66885125832749,"sku":"RBH-5407827-TP","price":710.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4.5' \/ 6.5' \/ 33\"","offer_id":66885125865517,"sku":"RBH-5407833-TP","price":837.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5.5' \/ 6' \/ 5.5\"","offer_id":66885125898285,"sku":"RBH-6607205-TP","price":213.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5.5' \/ 6' \/ 11\"","offer_id":66885125931053,"sku":"RBH-6607211-TP","price":339.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5.5' \/ 6' \/ 16.5\"","offer_id":66885125963821,"sku":"RBH-6607216-TP","price":466.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5.5' \/ 6' \/ 22\"","offer_id":66885125996589,"sku":"RBH-6607222-TP","price":584.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5.5' \/ 6' \/ 27.5\"","offer_id":66885126029357,"sku":"RBH-6607227-TP","price":710.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5.5' \/ 6' \/ 33\"","offer_id":66885126062125,"sku":"RBH-6607233-TP","price":829.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0670\/4542\/5197\/files\/natural-cedar-hexagon-raised-bedsrbh-2402405-tp-4944462.jpg?v=1782488384"},{"product_id":"natural-cedar-7-5-u-shaped-raised-garden-beds","title":"Natural Cedar 7.5' U-Shaped Raised Garden Beds","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"background-color: #ffff99;\"\u003eMade in The USA\u003c\/span\u003e - Available exclusively at Eartheasy\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMade from durable, kiln-dried cedar, this 7.5' wide U-shaped raised bed forms a spacious, wrap-around garden perfect for growing your own fresh vegetables.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLooking for a custom raised garden bed that's not shown on our site? We can build any shape, any size. Visit our Custom Raised Garden Beds \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/eartheasy.com\/pages\/design-any-garden\" title=\"Design Any Garden\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003epage\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e to learn more.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-read-link=\"\"\u003e\u003ca class=\"read-more-link\" data-scroll=\"#full-description\"\u003eRead more\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExpertly crafted from premium, sustainably sourced cedar wood, this raised bed offers a robust, long-lasting solution for growing vegetables, herbs, flowers, and more. The 7.5' wide U-shaped design offers more growing space and requires less lumber, for a more efficient and cost-effective raised bed. The natural cedar wood not only enhances the aesthetics of your garden but also provides excellent durability against the elements. The U-shape is designed for easy access and optimal plant growth, offering a durable, eco-friendly solution that enhances your outdoor space while promoting healthy, thriving plants.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMade in the USA from kiln-dried cedar, a durable and naturally rot-resistant wood, these raised beds are sturdy and easy to assemble. Simply position boards so the ends overlap and insert steel corner pins to lock the boards together. It is easy to stack additional boards to increase the height of the garden.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFeatures \u0026amp; Benefits:\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eU-shaped raised garden bed with central pathway\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuperior strength stainless steel corner pin construction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRust-proof steel cross-supports prevent bowing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMade with long lasting, rot-resistant cedar\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMade in the USA by a family-owned business\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5 year manufacturer's warranty\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDimensions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe raised bed side boards are made from resawn cedar that's a full \u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"text-decoration: underline;\"\u003e1 inch thick\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e and 5 1\/2 inches high. Two boards stacked give the raised beds a height of 11 inches. Three boards stacked make a 16.5 inch raised bed, and four boards stacked make a 22 inch raised bed. Raised beds can be stacked as high as 33 inches.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach size comes with corner pins the same height as the bed you order, so you can put the raised bed on hard ground or a patio if needed, and the tops of the pins will be flush with the top of the bed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis raised bed comes with rust-proof steel crossbars, which prevent the wood from bowing under the weight of the soil.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable align=\"left\" border=\"0\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor our Natural Cedar line of raised garden beds, we have hundreds of sizes available in \u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/eartheasy.com\/products\/natural-cedar-raised-garden-beds\" target=\"_blank\"\u003esquare\/rectangle\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/eartheasy.com\/products\/natural-cedar-l-shaped-raised-garden-beds\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eL-shapes\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e, U-shapes, and more. \u003cstrong\u003eIf you are still looking for a custom size not shown on our site, \u003c\/strong\u003eplease fill out our contact form \u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/eartheasy.com\/pages\/connect\" target=\"_blank\"\u003ehere\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e including any specific size information, and reference it's for our Natural Cedar raised beds.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDurable Cedar\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese raised beds are made from kiln-dried cedar. It is a fragrant wood with an even texture and strong natural oils to protect against moisture and fungal decay. This cedar long outlasts most lumber found in stores.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo further increase the lifespan of your raised beds, you can apply a stain or sealant. We offer \u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/eartheasy.com\/products\/eco-wood-treatment\"\u003eEco Wood Treatment\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e as one option. Eco Wood Treatment works by penetrating wood fibers to create a natural buffer against water and fungal decay. It increases wood's durability while creating an aged, silvery patina after just a few hours.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eInnovative Design\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"img-left\"\u003eThe simple design of these cedar raised garden bed kits allows wood to shrink and swell, for better strength and durability in wet and dry conditions. Hardware like screws and nails eventually loosen as wood ages. Our natural cedar raised garden beds are secured with stainless steel rods and galvanized steel crossbars for lasting durability. The result is a sturdy, long-lasting garden bed that can still be easily disassembled by hand when needed.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"img-left\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSetup \u0026amp; Assembly\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 7.5' U-shaped raised beds can be set up on any ground surface that is flat and level. Simply position the boards so the notched ends overlap and insert stainless steel corner pins to lock the boards together. Stack additional board layers to build the height of the raised bed. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo tools are required to assemble the basic raised beds. The finishing trim pieces attach with included screws, and a power screwdriver is recommended. Assembly instructions are included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eWe recommend letting the boards sit in a garage, shed or covered area for 3-5 days to allow the boards to acclimatize to their new environment. This helps to prevent any \u003cspan\u003ecupping, warping, and gapping.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Naturalyards","offers":[{"title":"5' \/ 11\"","offer_id":44552483012653,"sku":"RBU-3009006011-TP","price":639.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5' \/ 16.5\"","offer_id":66909996974125,"sku":"RBU-3009006016-TP","price":853.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5' \/ 22\"","offer_id":66910001758253,"sku":"RBU-3009006022-TP","price":1066.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5' \/ 27.5\"","offer_id":66910002806829,"sku":"RBU-3009006027-TP","price":1271.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5' \/ 33\"","offer_id":66910003298349,"sku":"RBU-3009006033-TP","price":1485.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"7.5' \/ 11\"","offer_id":66910005428269,"sku":"RBU-3009009011-TP","price":853.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"7.5' \/ 16.5\"","offer_id":66910008279085,"sku":"RBU-3009009016-TP","price":1137.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"7.5' \/ 22\"","offer_id":66910008868909,"sku":"RBU-3009009022-TP","price":1414.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"7.5' \/ 27.5\"","offer_id":66910017093677,"sku":"RBU-3009009027-TP","price":1682.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"7.5' \/ 33\"","offer_id":66910018338861,"sku":"RBU-3009009033-TP","price":1959.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"10' \/ 11\"","offer_id":66910019256365,"sku":"RBU-3009012011-TP","price":1066.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"10' \/ 16.5\"","offer_id":66910020042797,"sku":"RBU-3009012016-TP","price":1414.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"10' \/ 22\"","offer_id":66910020730925,"sku":"RBU-3009012022-TP","price":1761.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"10' \/ 27.5\"","offer_id":66910021025837,"sku":"RBU-3009012027-TP","price":2101.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"10' \/ 33\"","offer_id":66910021386285,"sku":"RBU-3009012033-TP","price":2441.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"12' \/ 11\"","offer_id":66910021713965,"sku":"RBU-3009015011-TP","price":1279.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"12' \/ 16.5\"","offer_id":66910022303789,"sku":"RBU-3009015016-TP","price":1698.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"12' \/ 22\"","offer_id":66910022926381,"sku":"RBU-3009015022-TP","price":2109.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"12' \/ 27.5\"","offer_id":66910026661933,"sku":"RBU-3009015027-TP","price":2512.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"12' \/ 33\"","offer_id":66910026793005,"sku":"RBU-3009015033-TP","price":2922.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"15' \/ 11\"","offer_id":66910027382829,"sku":"RBU-3009018011-TP","price":1493.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"15' \/ 16.5\"","offer_id":66910027481133,"sku":"RBU-3009018016-TP","price":1974.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"15' \/ 22\"","offer_id":66910027743277,"sku":"RBU-3009018022-TP","price":2456.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"15' \/ 27.5\"","offer_id":66910027972653,"sku":"RBU-3009018027-TP","price":2922.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"15' \/ 33\"","offer_id":66910029348909,"sku":"RBU-3009018033-TP","price":3404.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0670\/4542\/5197\/files\/natural-cedar-75-u-shaped-raised-garden-beds-copyrbu-3009006011-tp-1361347.jpg?v=1782488422"},{"product_id":"natural-cedar-12-u-shaped-raised-garden-beds","title":"Natural Cedar 12' U-Shaped Raised Garden Beds","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"background-color: #ffff99;\"\u003eMade in The USA\u003c\/span\u003e - Available exclusively at Eartheasy\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMade from durable, kiln-dried cedar, this 12' wide U-shaped raised bed creates a large, wrap-around raised garden in which to grow your own fresh vegetables.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLooking for a custom raised garden bed that's not shown on our site? We can build any shape, any size. Visit our Custom Raised Garden Beds \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/eartheasy.com\/pages\/design-any-garden\" title=\"Design Any Garden\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003epage\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e to learn more.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-read-link=\"\"\u003e\u003ca class=\"read-more-link\" data-scroll=\"#full-description\"\u003eRead more\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA large, wrap-around raised garden bed in which to grow your own fresh vegetables and flowers. This U-shaped design offers more growing space and requires less lumber, for a more efficient and cost-effective raised bed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMade in the USA from cedar, a durable and naturally rot-resistant wood, these raised beds are sturdy and easy to assemble. Simply position boards so the ends overlap and insert steel corner pins to lock the boards together. It is easy to stack additional boards to increase the height of the garden.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFeatures \u0026amp; Benefits:\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eU-shaped raised garden bed with central pathway\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuperior strength stainless steel corner pin construction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRust-proof steel cross-supports prevent bowing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMade with long lasting, rot-resistant cedar\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMade in the USA by a family-owned business\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5 year manufacturer's warranty\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDimensions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe raised bed side boards are made from resawn cedar that's a full \u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"text-decoration: underline;\"\u003e1 inch thick\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e and 5 1\/2 inches high. Two boards stacked give the raised beds a height of 11 inches. Three boards stacked make a 16.5 inch raised bed, and four boards stacked make a 22 inch raised bed. Raised beds can be stacked as high as 33 inches.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach size comes with corner pins the same height as the bed you order, so you can put the raised bed on hard ground or a patio if needed, and the tops of the pins will be flush with the top of the bed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis raised bed comes with rust-proof steel crossbars, which prevent the wood from bowing under the weight of the soil.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable border=\"0\" align=\"left\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor our Natural Cedar line of raised garden beds, we have hundreds of sizes available in \u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/eartheasy.com\/products\/natural-cedar-raised-garden-beds\" target=\"_blank\"\u003esquare\/rectangle\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/eartheasy.com\/products\/natural-cedar-l-shaped-raised-garden-beds\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eL-shapes\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e, U-shapes, and more. \u003cstrong\u003eIf you are still looking for a custom size not shown on our site, \u003c\/strong\u003eplease fill out our contact form \u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/eartheasy.com\/pages\/connect\" target=\"_blank\"\u003ehere\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e including any specific size information, and reference it's for our Natural Cedar raised beds.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDurable Cedar\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese raised beds are made from kiln-dried cedar. It is a fragrant wood with an even texture and strong natural oils to protect against moisture and fungal decay. This cedar long outlasts most lumber found in stores.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo further increase the lifespan of your raised beds, you can apply a stain or sealant. We offer \u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/eartheasy.com\/products\/eco-wood-treatment\"\u003eEco Wood Treatment\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e as one option. Eco Wood Treatment works by penetrating wood fibers to create a natural buffer against water and fungal decay. It increases wood's durability while creating an aged, silvery patina after just a few hours.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eInnovative Design\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"img-left\"\u003eThe simple design of these cedar raised garden bed kits allows wood to shrink and swell, for better strength and durability in wet and dry conditions. Hardware like screws and nails eventually loosen as wood ages. Our natural cedar raised garden beds are secured with stainless steel rods and galvanized steel crossbars for lasting durability. The result is a sturdy, long-lasting garden bed that can still be easily disassembled by hand when needed.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"img-left\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSetup \u0026amp; Assembly\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eU-shaped raised beds can be set up on any ground surface that is flat and level. Simply position the boards so the notched ends overlap and insert corner pins to lock the boards together. Stack additional board layers to build the height of the raised bed. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo tools are required to assemble the basic raised beds. The finishing trim pieces attach with included screws, and a power screwdriver is recommended. Assembly instructions are included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eWe recommend letting the boards sit in a garage, shed or covered area for 3-5 days to allow the boards to acclimatize to their new environment. This helps to prevent any \u003cspan\u003ecupping, warping, and gapping.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Naturalyards","offers":[{"title":"8' \/ 11\"","offer_id":44552535539757,"sku":"RBU-4814409611-TP","price":892.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"8' \/ 16.5\"","offer_id":66885121572909,"sku":"RBU-4814409616-TP","price":1200.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"8' \/ 22\"","offer_id":66885121605677,"sku":"RBU-4814409622-TP","price":1500.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"8' \/ 27.5\"","offer_id":66885121638445,"sku":"RBU-4814409627-TP","price":1801.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"8' \/ 33\"","offer_id":66885121671213,"sku":"RBU-4814409633-TP","price":2109.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"12' \/ 11\"","offer_id":66885121703981,"sku":"RBU-4814414411-TP","price":1192.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"12' \/ 16.5\"","offer_id":66885121736749,"sku":"RBU-4814414416-TP","price":1603.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"12' \/ 22\"","offer_id":66885121769517,"sku":"RBU-4814414422-TP","price":2006.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"12' \/ 27.5\"","offer_id":66885121802285,"sku":"RBU-4814414427-TP","price":2393.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"12' \/ 33\"","offer_id":66885121835053,"sku":"RBU-4814414433-TP","price":2796.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"16' \/ 11\"","offer_id":66885121867821,"sku":"RBU-4814419211-TP","price":1493.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"16' \/ 16.5\"","offer_id":66885121900589,"sku":"RBU-4814419216-TP","price":1998.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"16' \/ 22\"","offer_id":66885121933357,"sku":"RBU-4814419222-TP","price":2504.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"16' \/ 27.5\"","offer_id":66885121966125,"sku":"RBU-4814419227-TP","price":2994.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"16' \/ 33\"","offer_id":66885121998893,"sku":"RBU-4814419233-TP","price":3491.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"20' \/ 11\"","offer_id":66885122031661,"sku":"RBU-4814424011-TP","price":1801.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"20' \/ 16.5\"","offer_id":66885122064429,"sku":"RBU-4814424016-TP","price":2401.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"20' \/ 22\"","offer_id":66885122097197,"sku":"RBU-4814424022-TP","price":3001.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"20' \/ 27.5\"","offer_id":66885122129965,"sku":"RBU-4814424027-TP","price":3586.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"20' \/ 33\"","offer_id":66885122162733,"sku":"RBU-4814424033-TP","price":4179.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0670\/4542\/5197\/files\/natural-cedar-12-u-shaped-raised-garden-bedsrbu-4814409611-tp-3036661.jpg?v=1782488572"},{"product_id":"stainless-steel-portable-biochar-kiln","title":"Stainless Steel Portable Biochar Kiln","description":"\u003cp\u003eBiochar is a porous, carbon-rich product soil conditioner that can absorb and retain water, nutrients, and beneficial microbes. Adding biochar to your garden can drastically increase the health of your soil and harvests.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese portable kilns offer a safe and efficient way to start making biochar for your garden.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-read-link=\"\"\u003e\u003ca class=\"read-more-link\" data-scroll=\"#full-description\"\u003eRead more\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eConstructed from durable stainless steel, this portable biochar kiln is a high-quality investment designed to last. This kiln provides a reliable and effective way to produce biochar,\u003cspan\u003e a highly porous, carbon-rich product capable of absorbing and retaining water, nutrients, and beneficial microbes.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan id=\"docs-internal-guid-8e8793dd-7fff-3764-59a9-169134aedd28\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBest known for the \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cem\u003eterra preta\u003c\/em\u003e\u003cspan\u003e (dark earth) soils created by indigenous peoples in the Amazon basin, biochar has been used for centuries. \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/span\u003eBiochar is a very porous form of carbon, that has been \"charged\" with nutrients and micro-organisms. These nutrients and beneficial microbes thrive in the pores of the charcoal, and slowly feed the soil when added to a garden.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"ltr\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eUnlike other additives, biochar does not decompose quickly. This means it can help mitigate climate change by locking carbon in the soil and reducing greenhouse gas emissions. Thanks to its ability to improve soil structure, support plant growth, and sequester carbon, biochar is an important tool in regenerative agriculture.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFeatures \u0026amp; Benefits:\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCreating biochar at home helps turn waste into a valuable soil amendment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan id=\"docs-internal-guid-f33d7e65-7fff-4c6f-bf4a-e88356aeb668\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBiochar is generally alkaline, helping to neutralize acidic soils and improve pH balance\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStainless steel construction is built to last\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTwo sizes offer 3 \u0026amp; 6 gallon capacities\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduce up to 6-12 litres of biochar per burn\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe kiln can produce biochar in as little as 20 minutes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEfficient design ensures a clean burn with minimal smoke\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStainless steel legs provide maximum stability\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIncludes heat-resistant gloves, watering can, and care instructions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eRead our article on how to \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/eartheasy.com\/blogs\/grow\/supercharge-your-soil-with-biochar\"\u003eSupercharge Your Soil With Biochar\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e for more information on making and using this valuable soil conditioner in your garden.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSmall Kiln:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight: 13 lbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInner Chamber Dimensions: 15.5\" tall x 7.5\" diameter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOutside Dimensions: 15.5\" tall x 9.3\" diameter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChimney height of 3.75\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVolume: 3.2 gallons \/ 12 liters\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePerfect for small scale gardens\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMedium Kiln:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight: 19 lbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInner Chamber Dimensions: 17.5\" tall x 10\" diameter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOutside Dimensions: 15.5\" tall x 12\" diameter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChimney height of 3.75\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVolume: 6.3 gallons \/ 24 liters\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIdeal for larger gardens and nurseries\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhen using the biochar kiln, add larger material to the bottom (1\"-2.5\" diameter) and smaller biomass at the top that will easily light and start the fire. Leave the top portion of the kiln off until the fire has caught, and then put the chimney on.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cspan\u003eUsing Biochar:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBiochar can make up between 10-20% of your topsoil. You can apply this amount all at once or gradually over a few seasons. Once the biochar has been made in the kiln, we recommend mixing it into your composting system. That way, every time you add compost to your beds, \"charged\" biochar will be added as well.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAdding the biochar to your compost pile is a great way to increase microbial activity and fertility within the structure of the biochar, which is then transferred to your garden when you add the compost-biochar mix. Mix in biochar at least 3-4 weeks before using it in your garden.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cspan\u003eOther Ways For Charging Biochar:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cspan\u003eOnce you've \u003cspan\u003eproduced biochar in the kiln,\u003c\/span\u003e it's ready to be \"charged\" or inoculated with nutrients and microorganisms. Uncharged biochar can absorb nutrients and microbes from the surrounding soil, stealing resources from plants. \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThere are several methods to charge or inoculate biochar:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDirect Soil Addition:\u003c\/strong\u003e Adding biochar directly to the soil allows it to absorb nutrients, water, and microorganisms from the surrounding soil. This requires a waiting period of 3 to 6 months before planting to ensure the biochar is fully charged and won't compete for resources\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdding Alongside Amendments:\u003c\/strong\u003e Biochar can be mixed with soil amendments and added to the soil simultaneously. We recommend to do this at least 6 weeks before planting to allow the biochar to fully integrate with the soil\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSoaking In Compost Tea:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e Compost tea can be used to charge biochar. In a large drum, add compost, worm castings, and soil from the planting area to introduce local microbiology and nutrients. The biochar should be soaked in this mixture for 10 to 12 days, with regular aeration for optimal results.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMixing With Compost:\u003c\/strong\u003e Our favorite way to charge biochar is to simply add it into your compost pile! We recommend waiting at least 3-4 weeks before using your compost after adding in the biochar. This ensures that microbes and important nutrients have been absorbed into the structure of the biochar.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e","brand":"Biochar Station","offers":[{"title":"3 Gallons - Small","offer_id":44552546910253,"sku":"SSK-S","price":369.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"6 Gallons - Medium","offer_id":66885121540141,"sku":"SSK-M","price":569.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0670\/4542\/5197\/files\/stainless-steel-portable-biochar-kilnssk-s-6057149.jpg?v=1782488623"},{"product_id":"natural-cedar-9-u-shaped-raised-garden-beds","title":"Natural Cedar 9' U-Shaped Raised Garden Beds","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"background-color: #ffff99;\"\u003eMade in The USA\u003c\/span\u003e - Available exclusively at Eartheasy\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMade from durable, kiln-dried cedar, this 9' wide U-shaped raised bed creates a large, wrap-around raised garden in which to grow your own fresh vegetables.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLooking for a custom raised garden bed that's not shown on our site? We can build any shape, any size. Visit our Custom Raised Garden Beds \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/eartheasy.com\/pages\/design-any-garden\" title=\"Design Any Garden\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003epage\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e to learn more.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-read-link=\"\"\u003e\u003ca class=\"read-more-link\" data-scroll=\"#full-description\"\u003eRead more\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA large, wrap-around raised garden bed in which to grow your own fresh vegetables and flowers. This U-shaped design offers more growing space and requires less lumber, for a more efficient and cost-effective raised bed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMade in the USA from cedar, a durable and naturally rot-resistant wood, these raised beds are sturdy and easy to assemble. Simply position boards so the ends overlap and insert steel corner pins to lock the boards together. It is easy to stack additional boards to increase the height of the garden.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFeatures \u0026amp; Benefits:\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eU-shaped raised garden bed with central pathway\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuperior strength stainless steel corner pin construction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRust-proof steel cross-supports prevent bowing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMade with long lasting, rot-resistant cedar\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMade in the USA by a family-owned business\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5 year manufacturer's warranty\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDimensions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe raised bed side boards are made from resawn cedar that's a full \u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"text-decoration: underline;\"\u003e1 inch thick\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e and 5 1\/2 inches high. Two boards stacked give the raised beds a height of 11 inches. Three boards stacked make a 16.5 inch raised bed, and four boards stacked make a 22 inch raised bed. Raised beds can be stacked as high as 33 inches.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach size comes with corner pins the same height as the bed you order, so you can put the raised bed on hard ground or a patio if needed, and the tops of the pins will be flush with the top of the bed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis raised bed comes with rust-proof steel crossbars, which prevent the wood from bowing under the weight of the soil.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable border=\"0\" align=\"left\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor our Natural Cedar line of raised garden beds, we have hundreds of sizes available in \u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/eartheasy.com\/products\/natural-cedar-raised-garden-beds\" target=\"_blank\"\u003esquare\/rectangle\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/eartheasy.com\/products\/natural-cedar-l-shaped-raised-garden-beds\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eL-shapes\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e, U-shapes, and more. \u003cstrong\u003eIf you are still looking for a custom size not shown on our site, \u003c\/strong\u003eplease fill out our contact form \u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/eartheasy.com\/pages\/connect\" target=\"_blank\"\u003ehere\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e including any specific size information, and reference it's for our Natural Cedar raised beds.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDurable Cedar\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese raised beds are made from kiln-dried cedar. It is a fragrant wood with an even texture and strong natural oils to protect against moisture and fungal decay. This cedar long outlasts most lumber found in stores.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo further increase the lifespan of your raised beds, you can apply a stain or sealant. We offer \u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/eartheasy.com\/products\/eco-wood-treatment\"\u003eEco Wood Treatment\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e as one option. Eco Wood Treatment works by penetrating wood fibers to create a natural buffer against water and fungal decay. It increases wood's durability while creating an aged, silvery patina after just a few hours.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eInnovative Design\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"img-left\"\u003eThe simple design of these cedar raised garden bed kits allows wood to shrink and swell, for better strength and durability in wet and dry conditions. Hardware like screws and nails eventually loosen as wood ages. Our natural cedar raised garden beds are secured with stainless steel rods and galvanized steel crossbars for lasting durability. The result is a sturdy, long-lasting garden bed that can still be easily disassembled by hand when needed.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"img-left\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSetup \u0026amp; Assembly\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eU-shaped raised beds can be set up on any ground surface that is flat and level. Simply position the boards so the notched ends overlap and insert corner pins to lock the boards together. Stack additional board layers to build the height of the raised bed. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo tools are required to assemble the basic raised beds. The finishing trim pieces attach with included screws, and a power screwdriver is recommended. Assembly instructions are included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eWe recommend letting the boards sit in a garage, shed or covered area for 3-5 days to allow the boards to acclimatize to their new environment. This helps to prevent any \u003cspan\u003ecupping, warping, and gapping.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Naturalyards","offers":[{"title":"6' \/ 11\"","offer_id":44552548548653,"sku":"RBU-3610807211-TP","price":726.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"6' \/ 16.5\"","offer_id":66885120098349,"sku":"RBU-3610807216-TP","price":963.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"6' \/ 22\"","offer_id":66885120131117,"sku":"RBU-3610807222-TP","price":1208.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"6' \/ 27.5\"","offer_id":66885120163885,"sku":"RBU-3610807227-TP","price":1445.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"6' \/ 33\"","offer_id":66885120196653,"sku":"RBU-3610807233-TP","price":1690.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"9' \/ 11\"","offer_id":66885120229421,"sku":"RBU-3610810811-TP","price":963.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"9' \/ 16.5\"","offer_id":66885120262189,"sku":"RBU-3610810816-TP","price":1287.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"9' \/ 22\"","offer_id":66885120294957,"sku":"RBU-3610810822-TP","price":1611.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"9' \/ 27.5\"","offer_id":66885120327725,"sku":"RBU-3610810827-TP","price":1919.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"9' \/ 33\"","offer_id":66885120360493,"sku":"RBU-3610810833-TP","price":2235.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"12' \/ 11\"","offer_id":66885120393261,"sku":"RBU-3610814411-TP","price":1208.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"12' \/ 16.5\"","offer_id":66885120426029,"sku":"RBU-3610814416-TP","price":1603.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"12' \/ 22\"","offer_id":66885120458797,"sku":"RBU-3610814422-TP","price":2006.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"12' \/ 27.5\"","offer_id":66885120491565,"sku":"RBU-3610814427-TP","price":2393.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"12' \/ 33\"","offer_id":66885120524333,"sku":"RBU-3610814433-TP","price":2788.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"15' \/ 11\"","offer_id":66885120557101,"sku":"RBU-3610818011-TP","price":1453.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"15' \/ 16.5\"","offer_id":66885120589869,"sku":"RBU-3610818016-TP","price":1927.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"15' \/ 22\"","offer_id":66885120622637,"sku":"RBU-3610818022-TP","price":2401.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"15' \/ 27.5\"","offer_id":66885120655405,"sku":"RBU-3610818027-TP","price":2859.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"15' \/ 33\"","offer_id":66885120688173,"sku":"RBU-3610818033-TP","price":3333.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"18' \/ 11\"","offer_id":66885120720941,"sku":"RBU-3610821611-TP","price":1690.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"18' \/ 16.5\"","offer_id":66885120753709,"sku":"RBU-3610821616-TP","price":2251.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"18' \/ 22\"","offer_id":66885120786477,"sku":"RBU-3610821622-TP","price":2804.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"18' \/ 27.5\"","offer_id":66885120819245,"sku":"RBU-3610821627-TP","price":3333.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"18' \/ 33\"","offer_id":66885120852013,"sku":"RBU-3610821633-TP","price":3886.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0670\/4542\/5197\/files\/natural-cedar-9-u-shaped-raised-garden-bedsrbu-3610807211-tp-8567529.jpg?v=1782487863"},{"product_id":"6-x-4-space-master-storage-shed-double-doors","title":"6' x 4' Space Master Storage Shed - Double Doors","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan class=\"s1\"\u003eMade from durable, rot-resistant Western Red Cedar, this 6'x4' Space Master shed fits perfectly against a fence or up close to a house.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"p1\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"s1\"\u003eMeasuring 6' long by 4' deep, and 7 feet tall at the gable peak, it has plenty of storage space for tools, gardening supplies, sporting equipment and more.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca class=\"read-more-link\"\u003eRead more\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 6×4 Space Master Cedar Garden Shed with Gable Roof blends practicality, sturdiness, and natural charm. Crafted in Canada from PEFC and WRCLA certified Western Red Cedar, this high-quality shed provides 120 cubic feet of storage space to neatly store your gardening tools, outdoor gear, or seasonal items, all while adding to the visual appeal of your backyard.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"p1\"\u003eThe Space Master offers generous space for all your storage needs, measuring 73 in. W x 45 in. D x 86.75 in. H. The wide double doors allow easy access, even for larger items like lawnmowers or bicycles. The gable roof design not only enhances its architectural appeal but also promotes better airflow to help safeguard your belongings. Built with high-quality Western Red Cedar, this shed is naturally resistant to rot, decay, and insects, ensuring durability and longevity. The use of renewable, certified cedar highlights a commitment to sustainability, while the shed’s rich natural hues bring warmth and elegance to any outdoor setting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFeatures \u0026amp; Benefits:\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWestern red cedar construction for strength and durability\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStorage up 120 cubic feet in capacity\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChoose between a cedar shingle roof and a metal roof\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDouble doors 43 1\/2” wide x 60” high\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5\/8 inch thick plywood floor pieces pre-cut for your convenience\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTwo adjustable storage shelves on one side\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePanelized assembly pieces – no time-consuming cutting required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eComplete hardware kit includes screws, nails, hinges, handles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIncludes step-by-step detailed assembly manual\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMade in Canada\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eRoof Options:\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe cedar roof option \u003cspan\u003eradiates timeless charm while also delivering outstanding \u003c\/span\u003equality. When choosing this option, it will include:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCedar shingle panels pre-attached to ½” plywood sheathing, with roofing paper for water protection\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProprietary seam filler shingles for a seamless roof\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWestern red cedar roof ridge caps\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll necessary roofing hardware\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe metal roof option is a modern choice that goes beyond just aesthetics – it serves as a robust shield, ensuring long-lasting protection for your property against the elements. When choosing this option, it will include:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePre-cut 1×4 western red cedar roof battens\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e26 gauge drip caps\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e26 gauge galvalume roof panels\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e26 gauge ridge caps\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll necessary roofing hardware\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eAssembly:\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBasic assembly is required and takes one to two days with a helper, depending on your skill level. All hardware is included and includes illustrated step-by-step instructions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis 6x4 storage shed naturally weathers to a light grey color. We recommend staining or painting the shed. Western red cedar wood accepts a wide range of finishes to help you customize the appearance of shed. Unlike pressure treated lumber, there are no toxic chemical preservatives used in its manufacturing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eShipping \u0026amp; Delivery:\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlease Note:\u003c\/strong\u003e The 6' x 4' Space Master Storage Shed ships on a pallet via standard motor freight. The freight carrier will call in advance to schedule delivery. You may need two people present to unload freight from the delivering freight carrier vehicle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"gmail_default\"\u003e\u003cspan style=\"text-decoration: underline;\"\u003e\u003cem\u003eDue to its large size, this item is not eligible to be returned or canceled once it has shipped. If you have any questions, please reach out before your purchase.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Outdoor Living Today","offers":[{"title":"Cedar Shingle Roof","offer_id":44552549564461,"sku":"KIT-SM64-D-CEDAR","price":2369.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Metal Roof","offer_id":66885120032813,"sku":"KIT-SM64-D-METAL","price":2349.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0670\/4542\/5197\/files\/6-x-4-space-master-storage-shed-double-doorskit-sm64-d-cedar-8288530.jpg?v=1782487860"},{"product_id":"jiffy-seed-starting-pellets-42mm","title":"Jiffy Seed Starting Pellets - 42mm","description":"\u003cp\u003eJiffy Pellets offer an all-in-one seed starting solution with compressed peat that expands with water, creating an ideal environment for germination with built-in nutrients.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eIdeal for germinating larger starters like tomatoes, peppers, and cucumbers. \u003c\/span\u003eAvailable in both 100 \u0026amp; 200 pellet packages\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-read-link=\"\"\u003e\u003ca class=\"read-more-link\" data-scroll=\"#full-description\"\u003eRead more\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eJiffy's 42mm Peat Pellets offer gardeners a convenient, effective solution for seed starting and plant propagation. These compressed peat discs expand dramatically when watered, creating the perfect growing environment with minimal effort. Available in both 100 \u0026amp; 200 pellet packages.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFeatures \u0026amp; Benefits:\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e\n\u003cspan\u003eIdeal for larger seeds like tomatoes, peppers, and cucumbers\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMinimizes transplant shock and root damage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo soil required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eJust add water and pellet will expand\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePellet size 42mm (1.65in x 1.50in)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"earth-easy-ca","offers":[{"title":"100 Pellets","offer_id":44552557101101,"sku":"JF987-100","price":5.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"200 Pellets","offer_id":66885119180845,"sku":"JF987-200","price":7.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0670\/4542\/5197\/files\/jiffy-seed-starting-pellets-42mmjf987-100-5068285.jpg?v=1782487858"},{"product_id":"natural-cedar-12-u-shaped-raised-beds-with-trellis","title":"Natural Cedar 12' U-Shaped Raised Beds with Trellis","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"background-color: #ffff99;\"\u003eMade in The USA\u003c\/span\u003e - Available exclusively at Eartheasy\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMade from durable, kiln-dried cedar, this 12' wide U-shaped raised bed with spacious, wrap-around trellis is perfect for growing your own fresh vegetables.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLooking for a custom raised garden bed that's not shown on our site? We can build any shape, any size. Visit our Custom Raised Garden Beds \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/eartheasy.com\/pages\/design-any-garden\" title=\"Design Any Garden\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003epage\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e to learn more.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-read-link=\"\"\u003e\u003ca class=\"read-more-link\" data-scroll=\"#full-description\"\u003eRead more\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOur best selling U-shaped raised bed, is now available with a trellis! A thoughtfully designed, premium gardening solution perfect for cultivating vegetables, herbs, flowers, or climbing plants. Combining rustic charm and modern functionality, this raised bed not only elevates your plants but also provides an eye-catching focal point in any outdoor space.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCrafted from 100% natural, high-quality cedar wood, the bed’s robust construction ensures longevity and resistance to weathering, pests, and decay. The U-shape design maximizes space while allowing for easy access to all areas of your garden without the need for constant bending or reaching. Whether you’re a seasoned gardener or a beginner, this raised bed allows for effortless planting, care, and harvesting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMade in the USA from cedar, a durable and naturally rot-resistant wood, these raised beds are sturdy and easy to assemble. Simply position boards so the ends overlap and insert steel corner pins to lock the boards together. It is easy to stack additional boards to increase the height of the garden.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFeatures \u0026amp; Benefits:\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eU-shaped raised garden bed with central pathway\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuperior strength stainless steel corner pin construction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVertical gardening trains plants to grow up the trellis, increasing your planting place in a small footprint\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe trellis creates a natural screen, combined with leafy vines, to provide privacy and enclose your outdoor space\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe sturdy trellis provides reliable support for heavy flowering vines, from delicate clematis to fragrant jasmine\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eElevated design \u0026amp; accessibility: The wood planter raised bed with trellis brings plants to a comfortable working height, reducing excessive bending or kneeling, making gardening more comfortable.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMade with long lasting, rot-resistant cedar\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMade in the USA by a family-owned business\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5 year manufacturer's warranty\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDimensions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe raised bed side boards are made from resawn cedar that's a full \u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"text-decoration: underline;\"\u003e1 inch thick\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e and 5 1\/2 inches high. Two boards stacked give the raised beds a height of 11 inches. Three boards stacked make a 16.5 inch raised bed, and four boards stacked make a 22 inch raised bed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach size comes with corner pins the same height as the bed you order, so you can put the raised bed on hard ground or a patio if needed, and the tops of the pins will be flush with the top of the bed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis raised bed comes with rust-proof steel crossbars, which prevent the wood from bowing under the weight of the soil.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable border=\"0\" align=\"left\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor our Natural Cedar line of raised garden beds, we have hundreds of sizes available in \u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/eartheasy.com\/products\/natural-cedar-raised-garden-beds\" target=\"_blank\"\u003esquare\/rectangle\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/eartheasy.com\/products\/natural-cedar-l-shaped-raised-garden-beds\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eL-shapes\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e, U-shapes, and more. \u003cstrong\u003eIf you are still looking for a custom size not shown on our site, \u003c\/strong\u003eplease fill out our contact form \u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/eartheasy.com\/pages\/connect\" target=\"_blank\"\u003ehere\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e including any specific size information, and reference it's for our Natural Cedar raised beds.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDurable Cedar\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese raised beds are made from kiln-dried cedar. It is a fragrant wood with an even texture and strong natural oils to protect against moisture and fungal decay. This cedar long outlasts most lumber found in stores.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo further increase the lifespan of your raised beds, you can apply a stain or sealant. We offer \u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/eartheasy.com\/products\/eco-wood-treatment\"\u003eEco Wood Treatment\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e as one option. Eco Wood Treatment works by penetrating wood fibers to create a natural buffer against water and fungal decay. It increases wood's durability while creating an aged, silvery patina after just a few hours.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eInnovative Design\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"img-left\"\u003eThe simple design of these cedar raised garden bed kits allows wood to shrink and swell, for better strength and durability in wet and dry conditions. Hardware like screws and nails eventually loosen as wood ages. Our natural cedar raised garden beds are secured with stainless steel rods and galvanized steel crossbars for lasting durability. The result is a sturdy, long-lasting garden bed that can still be easily disassembled by hand when needed.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"img-left\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSetup \u0026amp; Assembly\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 12' U-shaped raised beds can be set up on any ground surface that is flat and level. Simply position the boards so the notched ends overlap and insert corner pins to lock the boards together. Stack additional board layers to build the height of the raised bed. The corner pins will be the same height as the bed you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor the trellis portion, assembly involves arranging the vertical and horizontal cross pieces on a flat surface, then gluing the notches and applying pressure to form a grid. Once the cross pieces are in place, the frame can be attached with included screws, again applying wood glue to the notches where the cross pieces join the frame. The final steps are attaching the trellis assembly to the planter box, along with the end braces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eWe recommend letting the boards sit in a garage, shed or covered area for 3-5 days to allow the boards to acclimatize to their new environment. This helps to prevent any \u003cspan\u003ecupping, warping, and gapping.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Naturalyards","offers":[{"title":"8' \/ 11\"","offer_id":44552607694893,"sku":"RUU-481440961148-TP","price":1390.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"8' \/ 16.5\"","offer_id":66885085298733,"sku":"RUU-481440961648-TP","price":1698.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"8' \/ 22\"","offer_id":66885085331501,"sku":"RUU-481440962248-TP","price":2006.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"12' \/ 11\"","offer_id":66885085364269,"sku":"RUU-481441441148-TP","price":1690.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"12' \/ 16.5\"","offer_id":66885085397037,"sku":"RUU-481441441648-TP","price":2101.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"12' \/ 22\"","offer_id":66885085429805,"sku":"RUU-481441442248-TP","price":2504.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"16' \/ 11\"","offer_id":66885085462573,"sku":"RUU-481441921148-TP","price":1990.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"16' \/ 16.5\"","offer_id":66885085495341,"sku":"RUU-481441921648-TP","price":2496.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"16' \/ 22\"","offer_id":66885085528109,"sku":"RUU-481441922248-TP","price":3001.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"20' \/ 11\"","offer_id":66885085560877,"sku":"RUU-481442401148-TP","price":2298.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"20' \/ 16.5\"","offer_id":66885085593645,"sku":"RUU-481442401648-TP","price":2899.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"20' \/ 22\"","offer_id":66885085626413,"sku":"RUU-481442402248-TP","price":3499.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0670\/4542\/5197\/files\/natural-cedar-12-u-shaped-raised-beds-with-trellisruu-481440961148-tp-9969608.jpg?v=1782487796"}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0670\/4542\/5197\/collections\/outdoor-living-9094009_638018aa-cf24-48f2-9f48-abe69ad2aa3d.jpg?v=1794505279","url":"https:\/\/eartheasy.com\/collections\/garden-living.oembed?page=4","provider":"Eartheasy","version":"1.0","type":"link"}